{"title":"Contextual Shopping","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"mini-steel-pliers-jewelry-wire-model-making","title":"Mini Steel Pliers for Jewelry Making, Wire Work \u0026 Model Crafting","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMini Steel Pliers — Precision Control for Every Detail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen your project demands accuracy in tight spaces, ordinary tools fall short. Whether you're a jewelry maker wrestling with fine wire loops, an electronics hobbyist trimming leads on a crowded PCB, or a model builder attaching parts smaller than a fingernail, you need a tool that responds to your intent — not one that fights it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese mini steel pliers are crafted from heat-treated steel with precisely machined jaws, available in six specialized types: diagonal, bent nose, flat nose, round nose, end cutting, and long nose. Each variant weighs between 77–106 g (2.7–3.7 oz), sized for one-handed control without sacrificing grip strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse them for wire-wrapped pendants, soldering circuit board connections, assembling scale model structures, or adding fine embellishments to DIY crafts — wherever small-scale precision is non-negotiable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Compatible with fine wire, beads, small electronic components, model parts, and delicate craft materials across jewelry making, electronics, and hobby applications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🎯 Precision-Machined Jaws — tapered tips and smooth jaw faces grip small objects firmly without marring surfaces, ideal for wire bending, bead handling, and component placement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🔩 Heat-Treated Steel Construction — durable, wear-resistant steel maintains jaw alignment and sharpness through repeated use across all six plier types.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🛠️ Six Specialized Types — diagonal, bent nose, flat nose, round nose, end cutting, and long nose cover the full range of small-detail tasks in one product line.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e✋ Non-Slip Textured Handles — ergonomic grip reduces hand fatigue during extended sessions and prevents slipping when handling delicate components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e⚙️ Spring-Loaded Mechanism — effortless jaw opening reduces repetitive strain, allowing smooth, controlled operation even during long crafting sessions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🎒 Compact \u0026amp; Portable — lightweight build (77–106 g) fits in a toolbox drawer, craft pouch, or pocket, so precision is always within reach.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Is This For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e💍 Jewelry Makers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBend and shape fine wire for wrapped pendants, form loops for earring hooks, attach clasps to bracelets, and string beads with consistent tension — all without scratching precious metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🔌 Electronics Hobbyists\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrim component leads, hold wires steady during soldering, make precise bends for PCB connections, and navigate crowded circuit boards with the narrow-tip variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🏗️ Model Builders\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttach antennas, rivets, and decals to scale models, bend metal rods for structural detail, and handle resin or plastic parts too small for fingers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🎨 DIY Craft Enthusiasts\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd wire accents to paper crafts, assemble dollhouse furniture, secure embellishments on mixed-media art, and tackle any small-detail hobby project that demands a steady, precise grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypes Available\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiagonal, Bent Nose, Flat Nose, Round Nose, End Cutting, Long Nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeat-treated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77–106 g (2.7–3.7 oz) depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip textured grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring-loaded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJaw Surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth, precision-machined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJewelry making, electronics, model building, DIY crafts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the six plier types?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach type is optimized for a specific task: diagonal pliers cut wire at an angle; bent nose pliers reach into curved or recessed areas; flat nose pliers grip and bend flat; round nose pliers form loops and curves; end cutting pliers trim flush to a surface; long nose pliers reach deep into tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these suitable for cutting wire?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diagonal and end cutting variants are designed for wire cutting. The other types are primarily for gripping, bending, and shaping rather than cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat wire gauges can these pliers handle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pliers are designed for fine detail work and are generally suited for wire gauges typically ranging from 20–30 AWG (approximately 0.25–0.8 mm). For heavier wire, a full-size plier is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the jaws scratch delicate metals like gold or silver wire?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smooth, precision-machined jaw faces are designed to minimize surface marking. For extra protection on precious metals, wrapping the jaws with masking tape is a common practice among jewelers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I maintain these pliers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the jaws clean with a dry cloth after each use. Avoid exposure to harsh chemicals or solvents that could degrade the handle grip. Store in a dry location to prevent rust on the steel jaws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan beginners use these pliers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The spring-loaded mechanism makes opening and closing the jaws effortless, and the non-slip handles provide good control even for those new to fine detail work. Starting with the flat nose or round nose type is generally recommended for beginners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these pliers sold individually or as a set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach variant is sold individually. Select the specific type you need from the variant options above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003eReady to elevate your detail work? Select your plier type above and add to cart — built for makers who demand precision in every project.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Mini diagonal pliers","offer_id":50762324181266,"sku":"GLBZSJ041884","price":4.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mini bent nose pliers","offer_id":50762324214034,"sku":"GLBZSJ041886","price":4.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mini flat nose pliers","offer_id":50762324246802,"sku":"GLBZSJ041887","price":4.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mini round nose pliers","offer_id":50762324279570,"sku":"GLBZSJ041888","price":5.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mini end cutting pliers","offer_id":50762324312338,"sku":"GLBZSJ041889","price":4.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mini long nose pliers","offer_id":50762324345106,"sku":"GLBZSJ041890","price":5.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/10_3e3e8dbf-121a-49da-81b8-2a462d1025b0.jpg?v=1762198919"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-garden-waste-bags-100l-500l","title":"Garden Waste Bags Large Heavy Duty Refuse Sacks Round With Handles 100L-500L","description":"\u003cp\u003e1. Material: usually made of materials such as polypropylene (PP) or polyethylene (PE), which are durable, waterproof and tear-resistant, and can withstand the weight of garden waste and the puncture of sharp objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2.Usage Garden garbage collection:Used to collect weeds, fallen leaves, tree branches, pruned plant branches and other wastes in the garden, to keep the garden environment neat and tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3.Household Cleaning:It can also be used for garbage collection during daily household cleaning, such as dust and debris when cleaning the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4. Temporary storage: when doing yard organization or renovation work, it can be used as a temporary storage bag to store items in it temporarily.\u003cbr\u003eAdvantages\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5. Large Capacity: The large capacity of 100 to 500 liters is designed to hold a larger amount of garden waste, reducing the hassle of changing bags frequently.\u003cbr\u003eSturdy and durable: Heavy-duty and durable material that can withstand the weight of heavier waste without breaking or damaging, ensuring that the waste does not leak during transportation and disposal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6. Convenient to carry: round design with carrying handle makes it easy to carry and handle, even when full of garbage, it can be lifted easily, making it easy to transport the garbage to the designated disposal site.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"100L 50x65cm \/ pp \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51970210201874,"sku":"UKC523","price":19.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200L 56x80cm \/ pp \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51970210234642,"sku":"UKC524","price":23.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"272L 67x76cm \/ pp \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51970210267410,"sku":"UKC525","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"300L 67x84cm \/ pp \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51970210300178,"sku":"UKC526","price":27.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400L 80x80cm \/ pp \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51970210332946,"sku":"UKC527","price":29.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500L 80x100cm \/ pp \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51970210365714,"sku":"UKC528","price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/4O208FHMN3E4W_58D_VN89.png?v=1762199129"},{"product_id":"snap-button-kit-duty-fastener-tool-pliers-adjustable","title":"Snap Button Kit, Heavy Duty Snap Fastener Tool, Snaps Pliers for Metal Snaps Includes 80 Sets 15mm, Adjustable Snap Setter Tool for Fastening Repairing Boat Covers Canvas","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeavy Duty Snap Fastener Tool Kit — 305-Piece Complete Fastening Solution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStruggling with loose canvas covers, worn-out boat snaps, or flimsy tent closures that fail when you need them most? Whether you're a weekend DIYer or a seasoned outdoor gear repair pro, this \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty Snap Fastener Tool Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you everything needed to install secure, rust-resistant metal snaps in minutes — no hammering, no guesswork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes one \u003cstrong\u003epremium steel adjustable snap plier tool\u003c\/strong\u003e (9.2 in long × 2.7 in wide) with a non-slip handle, quick-release mechanism, and adjustable screw design, plus 3 interchangeable anvil\/base heads and \u003cstrong\u003e300 metal snap fasteners\u003c\/strong\u003e in 5 sizes (0.47 in × 20 pcs, 0.5 in × 80 pcs, 0.5 in × 60 pcs, 0.55 in × 60 pcs, 0.6 in × 80 pcs) — \u003cstrong\u003e305 pieces total\u003c\/strong\u003e, stored in a durable zippered carry case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for fastening and repairing boat covers, canvas canopies, tarps, awnings, tents, leather goods, denim, and heavy-duty outdoor coverings. The labor-saving plier design reduces hand strength required by up to 50%, making it accessible for first-time users and experienced craftspeople alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Compatible with canvas, leather, denim, vinyl, tarp, awning fabric, and most heavy-duty outdoor textiles up to typical marine and camping-grade thickness.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Steel Plier Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e – Heavy-duty steel construction (9.2 in × 2.7 in) built to handle repeated use on thick canvas, leather, and marine-grade materials without bending or slipping.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLabor-Saving Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Engineered to save up to 50% of hand strength compared to traditional snap setters, reducing fatigue during extended repair sessions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔩 \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Screw \u0026amp; Quick Release\u003c\/strong\u003e – Threaded rotating rod lets you fine-tune crimping head depth for different fabric thicknesses; quick-release lever speeds up workflow between snaps.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📦 \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e305-Piece Complete Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e – Includes 300 rust-resistant metal snaps in 5 sizes (0.47–0.6 in) plus 3 interchangeable anvil\/base heads and 1 adjustable plier, all in a zippered carry case.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌊 \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Purpose \u0026amp; Weather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e – Rust-resistant metal snaps suit indoor and outdoor use: boat covers, canvas canopies, tarps, awnings, tents, clothing, and DIY crafts.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎯 \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDIY Friendly with 3-Step Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simply select the matching anvil\/base, position the snap, and squeeze — the illustrated easy-operation guide makes installation straightforward for beginners and pros.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adjustable Heavy-Duty Snap Plier (Premium Steel, 9.2 in × 2.7 in, Non-slip Handle)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × Interchangeable Anvil\/Base Heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80 × Snap Fasteners — 0.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60 × Snap Fasteners — 0.55 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 × Snap Fasteners — 0.47 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80 × Snap Fasteners — 0.6 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60 × Snap Fasteners — 0.5 in (alternate style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Zippered Carry Case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Is This For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e⛵ Boaters \u0026amp; Marine Enthusiasts\u003c\/strong\u003e — Repair or replace worn snap fasteners on boat covers, bimini tops, and marine canvas without a trip to the shop. The rust-resistant snaps hold up in wet, salty environments.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🏕️ Campers \u0026amp; Outdoor Gear Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e — Reinforce tent closures, tarp tie-downs, awning edges, and canvas canopies before your next trip. The labor-saving plier makes field repairs fast and reliable.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e✂️ Sewers, Crafters \u0026amp; Leather Workers\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add professional snap closures to bags, jackets, denim, leather goods, and upholstery projects. Five snap sizes give you flexibility across fabric weights.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🏠 Home DIYers \u0026amp; Workshop Users\u003c\/strong\u003e — Keep this kit on hand for quick fastening repairs around the home — from patio furniture covers to custom storage solutions. The carry case keeps everything organized.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"8\" border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 PCS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlier Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlier Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.2 in (approx. 234 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlier Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7 in (approx. 69 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip grip with quick-release lever\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable screw \/ threaded rotating rod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnap Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal (Rust-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnap Sizes (inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.47 in × 20 pcs | 0.5 in × 80 pcs | 0.5 in × 60 pcs | 0.55 in × 60 pcs | 0.6 in × 80 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnap Total Quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 snap fasteners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnvil\/Base Heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 interchangeable heads included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZippered carry case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoat covers, canvas canopy, tarp, awning, tent, leather, clothing, DIY crafts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.92 kg (2.03 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in this 305-piece snap fastener kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThe kit includes 1 adjustable heavy-duty snap plier (premium steel, 9.2 in long), 3 interchangeable anvil\/base heads, and 300 rust-resistant metal snap fasteners in 5 sizes (0.47 in × 20, 0.5 in × 80, 0.5 in × 60, 0.55 in × 60, 0.6 in × 80), all stored in a zippered carry case.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the adjustable screw design work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThe threaded rotating rod on the plier allows you to adjust the depth of the crimping heads so they make proper contact with the selected anvil\/base mold. This ensures a consistent, secure crimp across different fabric thicknesses without over- or under-setting the snap.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan these snaps be used on thick canvas or leather?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eYes. The heavy-duty plier and interchangeable anvil\/base system is designed for thick materials including marine canvas, leather, denim, tarp, and awning fabric. The labor-saving mechanism reduces the hand strength needed by up to 50%.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the snap fasteners rust-resistant for outdoor and marine use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eYes. The metal snap fasteners are rust-resistant, making them suitable for boat covers, outdoor canopies, tarps, and other applications exposed to moisture and weather.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this kit beginner-friendly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eAbsolutely. The 3-step operation — select the anvil\/base, position the snap, and squeeze the plier — is straightforward. The quick-release lever and non-slip handle further simplify the process for first-time users.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat snap sizes are included and which should I use for my project?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThe kit includes 5 snap sizes: 0.47 in (20 pcs) for lightweight fabrics, 0.5 in (80 + 60 pcs) for general-purpose use, 0.55 in (60 pcs) for medium-weight materials, and 0.6 in (80 pcs) for heavier canvas and marine applications. Choose based on your fabric weight and the snap hole size required.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this kit for clothing and fashion projects?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eYes. The smaller snap sizes (0.47 in and 0.5 in) work well on clothing, bags, and accessories. The adjustable plier accommodates lighter fabrics when the screw depth is set appropriately.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003eReady to tackle your next fastening or repair project? Add the \u003cstrong\u003e305-Piece Heavy Duty Snap Fastener Tool Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e to your cart and get professional-grade results — no experience required.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"305PCS","offer_id":51056242589970,"sku":"GBTST0156","price":17.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/SnapButtonKit_HeavyDutySnapFastenerTool_SnapsPliersforMetalSnapsIncludes80Sets15mm_AdjustableSnapSetterToolforFasteningRepairingBoatCoversCanvas_6_144ba29f-15d4-4017-847f-d1b2af13fba7.jpg?v=1762199457"},{"product_id":"10x12ft-green-heavy-duty-waterproof-tarp","title":"5x7ft to 10x12ft Green Heavy Duty Poly Tarp Waterproof Awning Poly PVC Boat Canopy Cover Tarpaulin Tent","description":"\u003cp\u003e-100% brand new and high quality.\u003cbr\u003e-EXTRA THICK \u0026amp; STRONG: Made from polyethylene, this material is made to last. Don't get tired of replacing torn, worn-out plastic tarps, use one that offers the best protection and is designed to last.The high quality of this protective tarp is amazing: it has a 16 mil thickness, 21oz per square yard, and a 16 x 16 weave count. This has the strength and durability you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-ALL WEATHER PROTECTION: Rain or shine, snow or wind this heavy tarp can handle it all! It is UV resistant, water proof and weather proof, and can withstand storms and the elements outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-TIE IT DOWN EASILY: Metal grommets at each corner allow this poly tarp to be tied down and secured simply. Create a \"tent\" for camping, fairs and more!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-MULTIPURPOSE USE:These tarps are used to cover\/shelter boats, truck, cars, motor vehicles, industrial or farm equipment, outdoor patio furniture, barbecue grills, backyard pool, wood piles, campers for ultimate protection. They can also be used as an emergency roof patch material or building material for homeowners, construction workers\/sites. They can be used as a drop cloth while painting or polishing. Can be used outdoors for camping, hu nting, turn it into a canopy or a tent fly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"5x7ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143871004946,"sku":"UKC568","price":43.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6x8ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143867629842,"sku":"UKC569","price":43.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8x10ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143860453650,"sku":"UKC570","price":43.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10x12ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":50998058680594,"sku":"UKC571","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/1.5x2m-01.jpg?v=1762199482"},{"product_id":"10x12ft-gray-heavy-duty-waterproof-tarp","title":"5x7ft to 10x12ft Gray Heavy Duty Poly Tarp Waterproof Awning Poly PVC Boat Canopy Cover Tarpaulin Tent","description":"\u003cp\u003e-100% brand new and high quality.\u003cbr\u003e-EXTRA THICK \u0026amp; STRONG: Made from polyethylene, this material is made to last. Don't get tired of replacing torn, worn-out plastic tarps, use one that offers the best protection and is designed to last.The high quality of this protective tarp is amazing: it has a 16 mil thickness, 21oz per square yard, and a 16 x 16 weave count. This has the strength and durability you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-ALL WEATHER PROTECTION: Rain or shine, snow or wind this heavy tarp can handle it all! It is UV resistant, water proof and weather proof, and can withstand storms and the elements outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-TIE IT DOWN EASILY: Metal grommets at each corner allow this poly tarp to be tied down and secured simply. Create a \"tent\" for camping, fairs and more!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-MULTIPURPOSE USE:These tarps are used to cover\/shelter boats, truck, cars, motor vehicles, industrial or farm equipment, outdoor patio furniture, barbecue grills, backyard pool, wood piles, campers for ultimate protection. They can also be used as an emergency roof patch material or building material for homeowners, construction workers\/sites. They can be used as a drop cloth while painting or polishing. Can be used outdoors for camping, hunting, turn it into a canopy or a tent fly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"5x7ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143775256850,"sku":"UKC572","price":43.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6x8ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143771422994,"sku":"UKC573","price":43.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8x10ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143759986962,"sku":"UKC574","price":43.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10x12ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":50998058975506,"sku":"UKC575","price":99.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Picture11of15.jpg?v=1762199482"},{"product_id":"10x12ft-white-heavy-duty-waterproof-tarp","title":"5x7ft to 10×12ft White Heavy Duty Poly Tarp Waterproof Awning Poly PVC Boat Canopy Cover Tarpaulin Tent","description":"\u003cp\u003e-100% brand new and high quality.\u003cbr\u003e-EXTRA THICK \u0026amp; STRONG: Made from polyethylene, this material is made to last. Don't get tired of replacing torn, worn-out plastic tarps, use one that offers the best protection and is designed to last.The high quality of this protective tarp is amazing: it has a 16 mil thickness, 21oz per square yard, and a 16 x 16 weave count. This has the strength and durability you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-ALL WEATHER PROTECTION: Rain or shine, snow or wind this heavy tarp can handle it all! It is UV resistant, water proof and weather proof, and can withstand storms and the elements outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-TIE IT DOWN EASILY: Metal grommets at each corner allow this poly tarp to be tied down and secured simply. Create a \"tent\" for camping, fairs and more!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-MULTIPURPOSE USE:These tarps are used to cover\/shelter boats, truck, cars, motor vehicles, industrial or farm equipment, outdoor patio furniture, barbecue grills, backyard pool, wood piles, campers for ultimate protection. They can also be used as an emergency roof patch material or building material for homeowners, construction workers\/sites. They can be used as a drop cloth while painting or polishing. Can be used outdoors for camping, hunting, turn it into a canopy or a tent fly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"5x7ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143723352338,"sku":"UKC576","price":29.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6x8ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143718797586,"sku":"UKC577","price":42.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8x10ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143716602130,"sku":"UKC578","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10x12ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":50998059106578,"sku":"UKC579","price":142.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Picture3of7.jpg?v=1762199484"},{"product_id":"12x16ft-army-green-heavy-duty-waterproof-tarp-for-diy","title":"5×7ft to 12×16ft Army Green Heavy Duty Poly Tarp Waterproof Awning Poly PVC Boat Canopy Cover Tarpaulin Tent","description":"\u003cp\u003e-100% brand new and high quality.\u003cbr\u003e-EXTRA THICK \u0026amp; STRONG: Made from polyethylene, this material is made to last. Don't get tired of replacing torn, worn-out plastic tarps, use one that offers the best protection and is designed to last.The high quality of this protective tarp is amazing: it has a 16 mil thickness, 21oz per square yard, and a 16 x 16 weave count. This has the strength and durability you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-ALL WEATHER PROTECTION: Rain or shine, snow or wind this heavy tarp can handle it all! It is UV resistant, water proof and weather proof, and can withstand storms and the elements outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-TIE IT DOWN EASILY: Metal grommets at each corner allow this poly tarp to be tied down and secured simply. Create a \"tent\" for camping, fairs and more!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e-MULTIPURPOSE USE:These tarps are used to cover\/shelter boats, truck, cars, motor vehicles, industrial or farm equipment, outdoor patio furniture, barbecue grills, backyard pool, wood piles, campers for ultimate protection. They can also be used as an emergency roof patch material or building material for homeowners, construction workers\/sites. They can be used as a drop cloth while painting or polishing. Can be used outdoors for camping, hunting, turn it into a canopy or a tent fly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"5x7ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143659520274,"sku":"UKC580","price":43.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6x8ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143651721490,"sku":"UKC581","price":45.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8x10ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143641694482,"sku":"UKC582","price":59.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8x12ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143603978514,"sku":"UKC583","price":52.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10x12ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51143689339154,"sku":"UKC584","price":68.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12x16ft \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":50998059401490,"sku":"UKC585","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/6.6x9.8Feet-01.jpg?v=1762199484"},{"product_id":"2x-car-battery-terminals-quick-disconnect-auto-boat-post-off-master-kill-switch","title":"2x Car Battery Terminals Quick Disconnect Auto Boat Post Off Master Kill Switch","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2x Car Battery Terminals – Quick Disconnect Master Kill Switch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"key-benefits\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose Our Battery Terminals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Disconnect:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily cut off power by loosening the green wheel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made from rust-resistant zinc alloy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents battery drain and auto theft.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e🔧 Easy Installation\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall on the negative post of the battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e⚙️ Corrosion Resistant\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZinc alloy construction for long-lasting use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e📦 Wide Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 16-17mm battery terminals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZinc Alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAperture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16-17mm Battery Terminals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51091004064018,"sku":"US-TZ0038","price":19.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/4_09c512d2-fc40-4e5b-ba3d-d8655460c525.jpg?v=1764750999"},{"product_id":"tarpaulin-fabric","title":"Tarpaulin Fabric tarpaulin Boat tarpaulin Tarpaulin Industrial tarpaulin Protective tarpaulin with eyelets","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eTarpaulin Fabric - Boat, Industrial, and Protective Tarpaulin with Eyelets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \n  \u003cdiv class=\"feature-section\"\u003e\n    \u003ch3\u003e🌟 Key Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Quality Polyethylene\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable, waterproof, and resistant to tears, UV rays, and mold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust-Resistant Eyelets\u003c\/strong\u003e - Easy to hang and secure, perfect for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e - Provides maximum strength and durability for heavy-duty applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Purpose Use\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ideal for camping, boating, gardening, and emergency roof repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Clean\u003c\/strong\u003e - Washable and reusable, making it a long-lasting solution for protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ch3\u003e📏 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyethylene (PE)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Orange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 3 meters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.32mm (12 mil)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 g\/m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof, UV Stabilized, Mold Resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"application-section\"\u003e\n    \u003ch3\u003e🏕️ Ideal Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003ePerfect for:\u003cbr\u003e\n    • Camping and Hiking\u003cbr\u003e\n    • Boat and Car Covers\u003cbr\u003e\n    • Garden and Pool Protection\u003cbr\u003e\n    • Emergency Roof Repairs\u003cbr\u003e\n    • Industrial and Construction Use\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"note-section\"\u003e\n    \u003ch3\u003e📝 Note\u003c\/h3\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003e• Ensure proper anchoring for outdoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n    • Clean with mild soap and water for maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51091005079826,"sku":"UKC531","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/10_1_beb8e54d-a6c9-4abd-a683-a860d9d11126.jpg?v=1762199721"},{"product_id":"mini-hand-drill-with-10-twist-drill-bit-set-wood-model-making-pcb-jewelry-crafting","title":"Mini hand drill with 10 twist drill bit set - wood model making PCB jewelry crafting","description":"\u003cp\u003eFeature\u003cbr\u003e【High Quality 】This hand twist drill is made of high quality aluminum alloy for durability and long life.\u003cbr\u003e【Easy to Carry 】With small size and light weight, this hand drill fits in many tool bags and you can take it anywhere.\u003cbr\u003e【Easy to Use】It is an excellent tool for drilling holes for artistic creations, crafts and making memories.\u003cbr\u003e【Non-slip】The aluminum alloy handle with ribbed surface is non-slip and comfortable to grip.\u003cbr\u003e【Suitable size】The drill chuck of the hand drill has a large capacity, which is suitable for drill bits from 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm.\u003cbr\u003e【Multiple Uses】Hand drill is quite easy to learn and can be used to drill many things, including wood, plastic, rubber, etc. It can be used in a variety of materials such as wood, bodhi, bone, amber, olive tree, walnut and plastic, but not suitable for metal. Specification:\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Aluminum alloy\u003cbr\u003eProduct type: Drill bit\u003cbr\u003eMeasurement system: Metric\u003cbr\u003eDiameter: 0.5mm 0.6mm 0.7mm 0.8mm 0.9mm 1.0mm 1.2mm 1.5mm 1.8mm 2.0mm\u003cbr\u003eLength: 90mm\u003cbr\u003eColor: Black + Silver\u003cbr\u003eApplication: Cutting\u003cbr\u003eQuantity: 11 pieces\u003cbr\u003ePackage size: 16.36cm x 13.79cm x 1.44cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackage Include:\u003cbr\u003e( quantity x length \/ diameter )\u003cbr\u003eHand Drill:\u003cbr\u003e1 piece ----- 90mm\u003cbr\u003eDrill bit:\u003cbr\u003e1 piece ----- 0,5mm \u003cbr\u003e1 piece ----- 0,6mm \u003cbr\u003e1 piece ----- 0,7mm \u003cbr\u003e1 piece ----- 0,8mm \u003cbr\u003e1 piece ----- 0,9mm \u003cbr\u003e1 piece ----- 1,0mm \u003cbr\u003e1 piece ----- 1,2mm \u003cbr\u003e1 piece ----- 1,5mm \u003cbr\u003e1 piece ----- 1,8mm \u003cbr\u003e1 piece ----- 2,0mm\u003cbr\u003eEverything in a practical plastic box.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51091011076370,"sku":"UKC675","price":14.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/1b9faaa5-7e44-4e7f-983c-598cc0d62949.jpg?v=1764752634"},{"product_id":"marine-grade-canvas-snap-kit-with-tool","title":"Canvas Snaps Kit, Fastener Screw Snaps for Furniture Canvas Marine Grade Boat Cover Snap Button Kit with Setting Tool","description":"\u003cp\u003eFeatures:\u003cbr\u003e【Rustproof Stainless Steel】The push button metal are made of high quality stainless steel, sturdy and wear-resistant, not easy to rust. The press studs are suitable for effectively repairing various garments and are ideal for beginners and craft enthusiasts.\u003cbr\u003e【Package Includes】You will receive 50 sets of snap button diy craft kit, which comes with 3 pieces of setting tools, 50 bushings, 50 caps, 50 female buttons, 50 male buttons.\u003cbr\u003e【Practical Storage Box】The snap button metal kit with metal buttons comes with a storage box, which is neatly stored and the pieces are not easily lost.\u003cbr\u003e【Easy to use】Just follow the instructions in our illustrations: Place the buckle correctly in the pliers and press the button to secure it. The application is easy and quick to learn.\u003cbr\u003e【Wide range of applications】Widely used for jackets, jeans, shoes and other garments, leather goods, bags and other craft items. The press stud is 15mm and is suitable for most applications. It is not only a great replacement button, but also an essential accessory for beginners and craft lovers!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecification:\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Stainless steel\u003cbr\u003eProduct type: Push button set\u003cbr\u003eMeasuring system: Metric\u003cbr\u003eDiameter: 12.4mm 13.4mm 14.8mm 15mm\u003cbr\u003eLength: 4,5mm 6mm\u003cbr\u003eColor: Silver\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for: Boat Camping Tarpaulin\u003cbr\u003eQuantity: 203 pieces\u003cbr\u003ePackage size: 17.5cm x 9.8cm x 2.2cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackage Include:\u003cbr\u003e200\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51091014582546,"sku":"UKC754","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/CanvasSnapsKit_FastenerScrewSnapsforFurnitureCanvasMarineGradeBoatCoverSnapButtonKitwithSettingTool-HomeDIYer_jpg.png?v=1764818140"},{"product_id":"natural-wood-beads-set-416pcs","title":"416 Pcs Natural Round Wood Beads Combination Set for DIY Crafts Garland Jewelry","description":"\u003cp\u003e【Quantity and style】: there are 200 pieces natural wood beads in our package, enough for you to use for DIY handicrafts; Size: please look at pictures carefully for detailed information about size and quantity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e【 Quality material】 : these unfinished wooden loose beads are made of quality wood material, smooth in surface, easy to hang, safe and no pungent smell; The black surfaces of handmade beads allow you to dye, paint, carve, write, stain with your imagination\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e【 Widely applications】 : our hexagon polygon wooden beads are not only suitable for making beaded necklaces, but also for making bracelets, pendants, key chains, hair ornaments, dream catchers, farmhouse garlands, curtain beads, household decorations and other jewelry crafts; With these decorative beads, you can get a lot of beautiful crafts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e【 Enjoy DIY process】 : the multi style combination of wooden beads can make many kinds of decorations, you can design or create many beautiful patterns on them, to get personalized wooden crafts, cultivate your imagination, enjoy interesting handmade time\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e【 Simple to use】 : the surface of wooden bead is smooth, keeping natural color, which can provide comfortable feeling for unprocessed surface; The beads can be dyed or decorated according to needs, you can also send them to your friends or family members as gifts\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51091335119122,"sku":"GBTST0089","price":22.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/1_22002ca8-3eb5-44af-869d-eb125732ee68.jpg?v=1764916032"},{"product_id":"printed-wooden-beads-set-448pcs","title":"448 Pcs Printed Wooden Beads Set Various Shapes for Jewelry Making DIY Bracelet","description":"\u003cp\u003e【Quantity】: 448 pieces wooden beads totally, contain mixed patterns and various sizes; Note: the quantity of different patterns and sizes are random, quantity of large beads may be less than small beads\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e【 7 Sizes of wood beads (LW)】 : the wood beads have 10 different sizes, include tubular shape (11 x 12 mm), cube shape (16 x 17mm), 4 sizes round shape (4 x 10 mm, 4 x 14 mm, 5 x 16 mm, 5 x 20) and 4 sizes oval shape (10 x 6 mm, 12 x 8 mm, 15 x 7 mm, 23x 8 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e【 Various patterns】 : with various patterns printed on the beads, good for your diy projects, also they look exotic, natural and will keep pace with fashion all the time\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e【 Material】 : made of nature wood, which are non-toxic and , not easy to get fade or erosion, can last for a long time\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e【 Wide ranges of usage】 : suitable for making bracelets and necklace, diy projects, hair crafts, necklace pendants, home decorations, handmade gifts and so on\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51091335151890,"sku":"GBTST0090","price":25.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/201731-1206301G04593_1.jpg?v=1764915839"},{"product_id":"30-300amp-waterproof-car-circuit-breaker-fuse-reset","title":"30-300Amp Waterproof Car Circuit Breaker Fuse Reset for Boat Auto RV DC 12V-48V","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e30–300Amp Waterproof Car Circuit Breaker — Reliable Overload Protection for Automotive, Marine \u0026amp; RV Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a short circuit or current overload strikes mid-journey, the last thing you want is a blown fuse buried deep in your engine bay. This waterproof circuit breaker gives automotive enthusiasts, boaters, and RV owners a fast-acting, resettable solution that keeps electrical systems protected without the hassle of replacing fuses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a bimetal internal structure and sealed in an IP67-rated waterproof housing, this breaker measures compactly for easy installation in tight spaces. It connects via M6 x 2 threaded studs and is rated for 12–48V DC systems, covering a wide range of amperage options from 30A to 300A to suit different circuit demands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're wiring a winch on an off-road rig, protecting a marine bilge pump, or safeguarding your motorhome's 12V distribution panel, this circuit breaker delivers dependable protection with a simple manual reset — no tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Compatible with 12V–48V DC electrical systems including automotive, marine, RV, truck, bus, and off-road vehicle applications.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🌊 \u003cstrong\u003eIP67 Waterproof \u0026amp; Sealed Housing\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fully sealed construction withstands water immersion, making it suitable for engine compartments, bilge areas, and exposed outdoor installations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e⚡ \u003cstrong\u003eWide Amperage Range (30A–300A)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A, 100A, 200A, and 300A ratings to match a broad range of circuit protection needs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🔁 \u003cstrong\u003eManual Reset Button\u003c\/strong\u003e — Features an elliptical red button that pops open to cut power instantly; simply reset the handle to restore the circuit — no fuse replacement needed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🔩 \u003cstrong\u003eVibration-Resistant M6 Studs\u003c\/strong\u003e — Includes M6 x 2 connection studs with lock washers that prevent loosening under vibration, ensuring a secure and stable connection.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🌡️ \u003cstrong\u003eWide Temperature Tolerance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Operates reliably from -32°C to 82°C (-26°F to 180°F), with storage tolerance down to -34°C and up to 149°C.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🚗 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Application\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ideal for motorsport, trucks, buses, motorhomes, marine systems, winches, yachts, and off-road vehicles where overload or short-circuit protection is critical.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Is This For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🚤 Marine \u0026amp; Boat Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect bilge pumps, navigation electronics, and onboard electrical systems with a breaker rated for wet, corrosive environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🏕️ RV \u0026amp; Motorhome Travelers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafeguard your 12V–48V distribution panel and appliances during long hauls with a resettable breaker that eliminates roadside fuse hunts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🔧 Off-Road \u0026amp; Motorsport Enthusiasts\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire winches, auxiliary lighting, and high-draw accessories with confidence knowing your circuit is protected against sudden overloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🚛 Truck \u0026amp; Bus Fleet Operators\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall in commercial vehicle electrical systems where reliable, long-lasting circuit protection reduces maintenance downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCircuit Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30A, 40A, 50A, 60A, 100A, 200A, 300A (select variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–48V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterrupt Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000A @ 30V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeatherproof Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnection Studs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM6 x 2 with lock washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-32°C to 82°C (-26°F to 180°F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-34°C to 149°C (-29°F to 300°F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReset Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual (elliptical red button)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCircuit Breaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat amperage options are available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThis circuit breaker is available in 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A, 100A, 200A, and 300A ratings. Select the variant that matches your circuit's maximum current draw.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this circuit breaker truly waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eYes. The housing carries an IP67 waterproof rating, meaning it can withstand temporary immersion in water. It is suitable for engine compartments, bilge areas, and other wet or exposed environments.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat voltage systems is this compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThis breaker is rated for 12V to 48V DC systems, making it compatible with standard automotive (12V\/24V), marine, and RV electrical systems.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I reset the breaker after it trips?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003ePress the elliptical red button to cut power when the breaker trips. Once the fault is resolved, reset the red handle to restore the circuit. No tools or fuse replacement are required.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this for a winch or high-draw accessory?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eYes. The higher amperage variants (100A–300A) are well-suited for winches, inverters, and other high-current accessories on off-road vehicles, trucks, and marine vessels.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat connection hardware is included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThe breaker includes M6 x 2 threaded connection studs with lock washers to ensure a secure, vibration-resistant connection. Ring terminals and cables are not included and must be sourced separately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the interrupt rating of this breaker?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThe interrupt rating is 3000A at 30V DC, which means it can safely interrupt fault currents up to 3000 amps, providing robust protection for your electrical system.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect your electrical system with confidence.\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the right amperage for your application and enjoy reliable, resettable circuit protection — built for automotive, marine, and off-road demands.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"30A","offer_id":51091353927954,"sku":"UKC549","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40A","offer_id":51091353960722,"sku":"UKC550","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50A","offer_id":51091353993490,"sku":"UKC551","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60A","offer_id":51091354026258,"sku":"UKC552","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100A","offer_id":51091354059026,"sku":"UKC553","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200A","offer_id":51091354091794,"sku":"UKC555","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"300A","offer_id":51091354124562,"sku":"UKC557","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/10_8_afdf827d-8980-477e-aca3-985cef56938b.jpg?v=1764915736"},{"product_id":"12v-2000lbs-reversible-electric-trailer-winch-wireless-remote","title":"12V 2000 lbs Trailer Winch, Reversible Electric Boat Winch, Wireless Remote, Galvanized Wire Rope, Pulley Hook","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e12V 2000 lbs Reversible Electric Trailer Winch — Wireless Remote, Galvanized Rope \u0026amp; Pulley Hook Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eLoading a boat onto a trailer by hand is slow, exhausting, and hard on your back. This 12V reversible electric trailer winch takes the effort out of the job — just press the wireless remote and let the motor do the work, whether you're pulling in or paying out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eBuilt with a blue plastic casing and powered by any standard 12V DC source (no generator needed), this winch delivers a rated line pull of 2,000 lbs (907 kg) single line, a marine-rated pull of 5,000 lbs, and a rolling-rated pull of 6,000 lbs. It comes with 32 ft (9.2 m) of Ø4.8 mm galvanized wire rope, an extra pulley hook, a rapid-mount plate, and both wireless and wired remote controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eIdeal as a boat trailer winch for vessels up to 5,000 lbs, a utility winch for trailers and trucks, or a general-purpose electric winch for loading and unloading heavy equipment at the dock, ramp, or job site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e\n    Compatible with 12V DC power sources — fits boats up to 5,000 lbs, standard trailer frames, trucks, and utility vehicles with the included rapid-mount plate\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This 12V Electric Trailer Winch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔋\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12V DC Power — No Generator Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plugs directly into your vehicle's 12V battery via the included 10 ft (3 m) battery cable. Simple, portable, and ready to use at any boat ramp or job site.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📡\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWireless Remote Control Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Operate power-in and power-out from a distance with the wireless remote. A 10 ft (3 m) wired remote is also included for backup or close-range use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💪\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb Rated \/ 5,000 lb Marine Pull:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handles a rated single-line pull of 2,000 lbs, a marine-rated pull of 5,000 lbs, and a rolling-rated pull of 6,000 lbs — suitable for most trailered boats and utility loads.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔇\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow-Noise Motor with Automatic Braking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered for quiet operation with no ratchet noise. Features both dynamic braking and mechanical friction braking for secure load holding without drift.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚓\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanized Wire Rope + Extra Pulley Hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with 32 ft (9.2 m) of Ø4.8 mm galvanized wire rope and an extra pulley hook for mechanical advantage when pulling heavier loads.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRapid-Mount Plate for Quick Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included 8-3\/4\" × 4-15\/16\" mounting plate makes installation fast and straightforward on most standard trailer frames — no custom fabrication needed.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e1× 12V Electric Trailer Winch (blue casing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e1× Galvanized wire rope — 32 ft (9.2 m) × Ø4.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e1× Extra pulley hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e1× Rapid-mount plate (8-3\/4\" L × 4-15\/16\" H × 3\/16\" W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e1× Wireless remote control\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e1× Wired remote control cable — 10 ft (3 m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e1× Battery cable — 10 ft (3 m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e⛵\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eBoat Owners \u0026amp; Trailer Anglers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eLaunching and retrieving a boat solo at a busy ramp? The wireless remote lets you control the winch from the water's edge while guiding the boat onto the trailer — no second person needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🚛\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eTrailer \u0026amp; Utility Vehicle Operators\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNeed to load ATVs, equipment, or cargo onto a flatbed or utility trailer? The 6,000 lb rolling-rated pull and reversible operation make loading and unloading straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🏕️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor \u0026amp; Off-Road Users\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eHeading to remote boat ramps or off-road sites where power outlets aren't available? This winch runs off your 12V vehicle battery — no generator, no extension cords.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eDIY Installers \u0026amp; Workshop Users\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eLooking for a compact, portable winch for a workshop, garage, or small lifting application? The rapid-mount plate and built-in handle make setup and repositioning easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Input\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated Line Pull\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lbs (907 kg) — single line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMarine-Rated Line Pull\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRolling-Rated Line Pull\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax. Boat Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLine Speed (under load)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.18 m \/ min (approx. 3.9 ft \/ min)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire Rope\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 ft (9.2 m) × Ø4.8 mm galvanized steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery Cable Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 ft (3 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemote Control Cable Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 ft (3 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain Hook Opening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/8\" opening × 4-1\/4\" long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Plate Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-3\/4\" L × 4-15\/16\" H × 3\/16\" W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCasing Color\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCasing Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBraking System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDynamic braking + mechanical friction braking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.00\" L × 9.50\" W × 7.50\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.00 lbs (10.43 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.40\" L × 11.40\" W × 10.60\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.00 lbs (11.34 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat power source does this winch require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis winch runs on 12V DC power. It connects directly to a standard 12V vehicle or marine battery using the included 10 ft battery cable. No generator or shore power is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between rated pull, marine-rated pull, and rolling-rated pull?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eRated line pull (2,000 lbs) is the maximum single-line pulling capacity on a flat surface. Marine-rated pull (5,000 lbs) refers to the load capacity when pulling a boat up a wet, lubricated trailer roller system. Rolling-rated pull (6,000 lbs) applies when the load is on wheels or rollers, reducing friction. Always match the winch rating to your specific application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes the wireless remote control both power-in and power-out?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The wireless remote controls both directions — power-in (retrieve) and power-out (release). A wired remote is also included as a backup option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this winch to load a boat onto a trailer by myself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The wireless remote allows you to operate the winch while standing at the water's edge to guide the boat, making solo launching and retrieval practical for boats within the rated weight range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the wire rope length and diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included galvanized wire rope is 32 ft (9.2 m) long with a diameter of Ø4.8 mm. It is pre-spooled on the winch drum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the extra pulley hook used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extra pulley hook can be used to create a mechanical advantage (block-and-tackle) setup, which effectively doubles the pulling force while halving the line speed. This is useful when pulling loads near the upper end of the winch's rated capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow does the braking system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis winch uses a combination of dynamic braking (electrical braking when the motor stops) and mechanical friction braking to hold the load securely when the remote is released. This prevents the load from drifting or back-feeding under tension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this winch suitable for use on saltwater boat trailers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wire rope is galvanized for corrosion resistance, which provides basic protection in marine environments. For frequent saltwater use, rinse the winch and rope with fresh water after each use to extend service life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Add to cart above and get your electric trailer winch shipped fast.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51293367599378,"sku":"W465P240615","price":124.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-01_6b87636f-cc19-452f-84b8-83408280733a.jpg?v=1762200503"},{"product_id":"12v-trailer-winch-5000lb-boats-galvanized-wire-rope-remote","title":"12V Trailer Winch 5000 lb for Boats, Galvanized Wire Rope, Handheld Remote","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e12V Trailer Winch — Reversible Electric Power for Boats \u0026amp; Heavy Loads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eLoading a boat onto a trailer solo is a frustrating, back-breaking task without the right equipment. This 12V trailer winch gives boaters, campers, and haulers a reliable electric solution that handles the heavy lifting — so you can focus on the adventure, not the struggle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003ePowered by a 12V DC motor with a 3-stage straight gear drive, this winch delivers a rated line pull of 2,000 lbs (single line), a marine-rated pull of 5,000 lbs, and a rolling-rated pull of 6,000 lbs. It measures 13\" × 9.5\" × 7.5\" and weighs 22 lbs (approx. 10 kg), with a 32 ft (9.2 m) galvanized wire rope (Ø4.8 mm) and a black plastic casing built for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eIdeal as an electric boat trailer winch for vessels up to 18 ft and 5,000 lbs, a reversible trailer winch for ATV and utility hauling, or a portable 12V winch for loading and unloading heavy equipment at job sites and boat ramps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e\n    Compatible with standard 2-inch ball hitch receivers. Fits boats up to 18 ft in length and 5,000 lbs. Requires 12V DC power source (battery cables included).\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This 12V Trailer Winch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Mode Pull Ratings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated line pull of 2,000 lbs (single line), marine-rated pull of 5,000 lbs, and rolling-rated pull of 6,000 lbs — handles boats, trailers, ATVs, and heavy utility loads with confidence.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Free 2\" Hitch Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e The slide-on 2-inch hitch adapter plate installs on any standard 2-inch ball hitch receiver in seconds — no tools, no drilling, no hassle. Mounting plate: 8-3\/4\" L × 4-15\/16\" H × 3\/16\" W.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎮\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10-Foot Handheld Remote Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power-in operation is controlled via the included 10-ft corded remote, giving you safe distance from the load while winching. Manual hand crank included for power-out operation.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🪢\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e32 ft Galvanized Wire Rope:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty Ø4.8 mm galvanized steel cable resists corrosion and weathering. Line speed: 1.18 m\/min under load. Main hook opening: 5\/8\" × 4-1\/4\" long.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔋\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20-Foot Battery Cables Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extended 6 m (20 ft) battery cables give you the reach to connect directly to your vehicle or trailer battery without needing extension cables.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🚤\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Stage Straight Gear Drive:\u003c\/strong\u003e The robust gear system handles boats up to 18 ft in length, delivering consistent, dependable pulling power even under demanding load conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🚤\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eBoat Owners \u0026amp; Anglers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eLoad and unload vessels up to 18 ft and 5,000 lbs at the boat ramp without a second person. The marine-rated 5,000 lb pull handles everything from fishing boats to ski boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🚛\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eTrailer \u0026amp; Hauling Operators\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eWinch ATVs, UTVs, lawn equipment, and heavy cargo onto flatbed or utility trailers. The 6,000 lb rolling-rated pull and 2-inch hitch mount make it a versatile addition to any tow setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🏕️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eCampers \u0026amp; Outdoor Enthusiasts\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eBring the winch along on camping or off-road trips. The carry handle and portable design make it easy to deploy wherever you need pulling power — no permanent installation required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🏗️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eJob Site \u0026amp; Utility Workers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eUse the 12V electric winch to load heavy materials, machinery, or equipment onto trailers at construction sites, farms, or warehouses — powered directly from a vehicle battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Input\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated Line Pull\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lbs (907 kg) — single line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMarine Rated Line Pull\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRolling Rated Line Pull\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax Boat Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax Boat Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 18 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGear Drive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Stage Straight Gear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLine Speed (Under Load)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.18 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire Rope\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 ft (9.2 m) × Ø4.8 mm Galvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery Cable Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 ft (6 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemote Control Cable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 ft (3 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain Hook Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/8\" opening × 4-1\/4\" long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" Ball Hitch Receiver (tool-free slide-on)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Plate Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-3\/4\" L × 4-15\/16\" H × 3\/16\" W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13\" × 9.5\" × 7.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 lbs (approx. 10 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCasing Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack Plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperation Mode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower-In (remote) \/ Manual-Out (hand crank)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between rated, marine-rated, and rolling-rated pull?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rated line pull (2,000 lbs) is the standard single-line capacity for direct pulling. The marine-rated pull (5,000 lbs) accounts for the mechanical advantage of the trailer's roller system when loading a boat. The rolling-rated pull (6,000 lbs) applies when the load is on wheels and rolling freely. Always match the rating to your specific use case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes this winch work with my trailer's 2-inch hitch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The included slide-on adapter plate is designed to fit any standard 2-inch ball hitch receiver. No tools or drilling are required — simply slide it on and secure it to get started.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this winch to pull the rope out manually?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This winch features a power-in \/ manual-out design. The electric motor handles pulling the load in (via the remote control), while a manual hand crank is included for paying out the rope by hand when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow long are the battery cables, and what do I connect them to?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included battery cables are 20 ft (6 m) long, giving you enough reach to connect directly to your tow vehicle's battery or a dedicated 12V trailer battery. No additional extension cables are typically needed for standard setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat size boats can this winch handle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis winch is rated for boats up to 18 ft in length and up to 5,000 lbs in weight. The 3-stage straight gear drive system provides consistent pulling power across this range. For boats outside these specifications, please verify compatibility before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs the remote control waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe remote control is designed for outdoor trailer and boat ramp use. While it is built to handle typical outdoor conditions, we recommend keeping it away from direct submersion in water. Contact us to confirm specific IP rating details for your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan this winch be permanently mounted to a trailer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe winch is designed for use with a 2-inch hitch receiver mount, making it portable and easy to move between vehicles. For permanent trailer mounting, additional hardware may be required depending on your trailer's frame configuration. Contact us to confirm compatibility with your specific setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Add to cart above and get it delivered to your door.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51293413114130,"sku":"W465P240613","price":113.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-01_4b8728b0-f819-43e1-be96-0a2c8e53d5b7.jpg?v=1762200504"},{"product_id":"6000lb-12v-trailer-winch","title":"12v Trailer Winch,Reversible Electric Winch, for Boats up to 6000 lbs.Galvanized Wire Rope,with extra pulley hook,power in and power out,with manual function.blue plastic casing","description":"\u003cul data-immersive-translate-walked=\"ab995d09-7d00-4c11-9f11-9378d9ab260c\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-immersive-translate-walked=\"ab995d09-7d00-4c11-9f11-9378d9ab260c\" data-immersive-translate-paragraph=\"1\"\u003eDual Operation Mode: This winch features both electric and manual operation modes, providing flexibility for various applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-immersive-translate-walked=\"ab995d09-7d00-4c11-9f11-9378d9ab260c\" data-immersive-translate-paragraph=\"1\"\u003eQuiet Performance: Designed with a low-noise mechanism, ensuring smooth operation without ratchet noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-immersive-translate-walked=\"ab995d09-7d00-4c11-9f11-9378d9ab260c\" data-immersive-translate-paragraph=\"1\"\u003eEasy Assembly \u0026amp; Use: Compact and portable, this winch includes a built-in handle and mounting plate for quick and convenient installation. Powered by a 12V power supply, it eliminates the need for a generator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-immersive-translate-walked=\"ab995d09-7d00-4c11-9f11-9378d9ab260c\" data-immersive-translate-paragraph=\"1\"\u003eEnhanced Power Motor: Equipped with dynamic braking and mechanical friction braking, the winch offers a powerful pulling capacity of up to 6,000 pounds. A 3,500-pound winch can effectively pull a 6,000-pound boat, making it suitable for cars, trailers, trucks, and marine use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51293459120402,"sku":"W465P240618","price":140.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-01_1dd65b92-9130-40b4-8dca-c674896648e8.jpg?v=1762200504"},{"product_id":"gas-powered-2-in-1-tiller-cultivator-78-5cc-18-width","title":"Gas-Powered 4-Cycle 2-in-1 Tiller and Cultivator,78.5cc with Handle 18IN TILL WIDTH,EPA complaint","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 🛠️ Encapsulated styles for 2-in-1 Tiller \u0026 Cultivator *\/\n        .tiller2-product-wrap {\n            max-width: 1200px;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2d2d2d;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            padding: 20px 25px;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            box-shadow: 0 2px 8px rgba(0,0,0,0.02);\n            line-height: 1.5;\n        }\n\n        .tiller2-product-wrap h2 {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem;\n            border-bottom: 3px solid #1e6f9f;\n            padding-bottom: 0.4rem;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            color: #0a3142;\n        }\n        .tiller2-product-wrap h2:first-of-type {\n            margin-top: 0.25rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* overview paragraph *\/\n        .tiller2-overview {\n            background: #f4f9fc;\n            padding: 1.6rem 2rem;\n            border-radius: 24px;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem;\n            border-left: 6px solid #1e6f9f;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* core benefits – plain list, no emojis, no extra style *\/\n        .core-benefits-plain {\n            list-style-type: disc;\n            padding-left: 2rem;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 1.8rem;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n        }\n        .core-benefits-plain li {\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* feature list with emojis – vertical, SEO-friendly *\/\n        .feature-list-emoji {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 0.9rem;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0;\n        }\n        .feature-list-emoji li {\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e6e6e6;\n            padding-bottom: 0.75rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 0.8rem;\n        }\n        .feature-list-emoji li:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .feature-list-emoji .emoji-icon {\n            font-size: 1.4rem;\n            min-width: 2rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* specs table *\/\n        .specs-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 2rem 0;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #d9e7f0;\n            background: white;\n        }\n        .specs-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.98rem;\n            min-width: 550px;\n        }\n        .specs-table th {\n            background: #e2f0f7;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            padding: 14px 18px;\n            text-align: left;\n            width: 40%;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #bdd8e8;\n        }\n        .specs-table td {\n            padding: 14px 18px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eef2f5;\n            background: #fff;\n        }\n        .specs-table tr:last-child th,\n        .specs-table tr:last-child td {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .specs-table .policy-note {\n            background: #fcf2de;\n            font-style: italic;\n            color: #8a6d3b;\n        }\n\n        \/* FAQ section – fully expanded cards *\/\n        .faq-section-cards {\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 1.2rem;\n            margin: 1.8rem 0;\n        }\n        .faq-card {\n            background: #fafafa;\n            padding: 1.3rem 1.8rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border-left: 5px solid #2c7a4d;\n            box-shadow: 0 2px 5px rgba(0,0,0,0.02);\n        }\n        .faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.12rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n            color: #1b4b3c;\n        }\n        .faq-answer {\n            margin: 0;\n            color: #2c3e50;\n        }\n\n        \/* warranty \/ state notices *\/\n        .notice-badge {\n            background: #eef5f9;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 40px;\n            display: inline-block;\n            font-weight: 500;\n            margin: 1rem 0 0.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #bbd5e8;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n        }\n        .warranty-block {\n            background: #e5f2e9;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.5rem;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n            margin-top: 1.8rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #2c7a4d;\n        }\n\n        \/* mobile fine-tuning *\/\n        @media (max-width: 600px) {\n            .tiller2-product-wrap {\n                padding: 15px;\n            }\n            .tiller2-product-wrap h2 {\n                font-size: 1.6rem;\n            }\n            .tiller2-overview {\n                padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            }\n            .faq-card {\n                padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            }\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- entire product description – copy and paste into Shopify --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tiller2-product-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== PRODUCT OVERVIEW ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2-in-1 Gas Powered Tiller \u0026amp; Cultivator Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tiller2-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🚜 Light enough to maneuver, strong enough to transform your soil — meet the \u003cstrong\u003e78.5cc 2-in-1 Gas Tiller\/Cultivator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Designed for homeowners, urban farmers, and garden enthusiasts, this front‑tine machine saves hours of backbreaking work. The 3.0HP 4‑cycle engine powers through compacted dirt, thatch, and weeds, creating a fluffy seedbed up to 18 inches wide and nearly 6 inches deep. Integrated transport wheels let you roll it to the shed without lifting, and the adjustable handle makes it comfortable for any height. Whether you’re opening new rows or maintaining flower beds, this EPA‑compliant tiller is your year‑round garden ally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- core benefits (no emoji, plain list) --\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"core-benefits-plain\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.0HP 78.5cc 4‑stroke OHV engine – reliable starts, low fuel consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18\" max tilling width \u0026amp; 5.9\" working depth – covers ground fast, deep enough for roots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 sets of durable steel tines (10\" diameter) counter‑rotating for aggressive soil break‑up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt‑in transport wheels \u0026amp; adjustable handle – easy storage and comfortable operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚠️ EPA-compliant engine – ready for all 50 states (no California restriction noted)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== KEY FEATURES (emoji enhanced) ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🔧 Key Features of This 2‑in‑1 Gas Tiller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"feature-list-emoji\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e⛽\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePowerful 78.5cc 4‑Stroke Engine:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0HP air‑cooled OHV motor with recoil start – EPA certified, runs on regular unleaded gasoline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🌾\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e18\" Tilling Width \/ 5.9\" Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four sets of heat‑treated blades (10\" dia.) work the soil thoroughly, perfect for vegetable beds and landscaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🛞\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Transport Wheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Roll the tiller around the garden or into storage effortlessly – no heavy lifting required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Adjustable Handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height can be set to suit the operator; soft‑grip handles reduce fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRemovable Tine Shields \u0026amp; Adjustable Tines:\u003c\/strong\u003e Work in tight spaces while maintaining visibility of the tilling path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSimple Gear Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single forward gear (1T) plus neutral – clutch with tensioner and belt for smooth engagement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🛢️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.4L oil capacity, 1.6L fuel tank – easy to fill and service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== SPECIFICATIONS TABLE ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Detailed Specifications – 78.5cc Tiller\/Cultivator\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"specs-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product – 2‑in‑1 Front Tine Tiller \u0026amp; Cultivator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel \/ Color\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue \/ Steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.6\" × 45.6\" × 43.3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\" × 16.3\" × 23.2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76.3 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4‑Stroke OHV, Air‑cooled, 78.5cc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 HP @ 3600 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type \/ Tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnleaded gasoline \/ 1.6 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOil Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.4 L (SAE 30 recommended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStarting System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecoil start (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.7 in (45 cm) – marketed as 18.\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.9 in (15 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Diameter \/ Sets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\" (260 mm) \/ 4 sets of blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGear Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 (neutral), 1T (forward)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClutch Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensioner \u0026amp; belt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTransport Wheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt‑in, integrated for easy rolling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmission Compliance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEPA certified (valid for all 50 states)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"policy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"2\"\u003e🔄 Return Policy: 7‑day refund\/replacement for quality issues – seller covers return shipping.\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== FAQ (expanded, 5 questions) ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Gas Tiller \u0026amp; Cultivator\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-section-cards\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e1. Is this a front‑tine or rear‑tine tiller?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eIt’s a \u003cstrong\u003efront‑tine tiller\u003c\/strong\u003e (the tines are in front of the wheels). Front‑tine models are lighter, more maneuverable, and ideal for established gardens, flower beds, and smaller plots. The tines pull the machine forward as they cultivate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e2. How do I move it without the tines engaging?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe tiller features built‑in \u003cstrong\u003etransport wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e at the rear. Simply tilt the machine back slightly so the wheels contact the ground, and roll it like a wheelbarrow. The tines will lift clear of the soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e3. What kind of maintenance does the 4‑cycle engine need?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eVery similar to a lawn mower: check oil level before each use (use SAE 30 oil), keep the air filter clean, use fresh gasoline, and change the oil after the first 5 hours, then every 25 hours. The belt and tensioner should be inspected occasionally for wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e4. Can it break up hard clay or sod?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eYes, the 3.0HP engine and four sets of steel tines are designed to penetrate moderately hard soil. For very dense clay, we suggest making a first pass at a shallower depth (2‑3 inches), then a deeper pass. Adding moisture a day before also helps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e5. What’s covered under the 3‑month warranty?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe warranty covers \u003cstrong\u003emanufacturing defects\u003c\/strong\u003e in materials and workmanship. It does not cover normal wear (tines, belts), damage from misuse, or unauthorized modifications. If you encounter an issue within 7 days of delivery, we’ll arrange a refund or replacement with free return shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- warranty \u0026 policy summary --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"warranty-block\"\u003e⚙️ \u003cstrong\u003e3‑Month Warranty + 7‑Day Satisfaction Guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e From the delivery date, defects are covered. Within 7 days, you may request a refund or reshipment for quality issues (seller pays return shipping). Normal wear, abuse, or modifications are not covered.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"notice-badge\"\u003e✅ EPA compliant – This engine meets emission requirements for all 50 states (including California).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51295996477714,"sku":"W465142924","price":406.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-01_2407b133-a6d8-49c4-b7b5-198e20197dc8.jpg?v=1762200518"},{"product_id":"all-terrain-utility-wagon-red-iron-frame-wood-panels-4x10in-air-tires-180-steering-176lb-capacity","title":"All-Terrain Utility Wagon Red Iron Frame Wood Panels 4x10in Air Tires 180° Steering 176lb Capacity","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🚜 Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaul tools, garden supplies, and outdoor gear with this all-terrain utility wagon in red. The iron frame is finished with a plastic-sprayed anti-rust coating for durable outdoor use, while the solid wood side panels add a practical and attractive look. Four 10-inch diameter inflatable wheels provide shock absorption for steady travel across a variety of road surfaces. The front two steering wheels adjust 180 degrees for easy maneuvering, and the handle height is adjustable to suit users of all heights. The detachable wood fence can be installed or removed as needed. Bucket size (including wood fence): 33.86 × 15.75 × 9.84 in. Load capacity: up to 176 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Works Best For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Garden tools, soil \u0026amp; supplies hauling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Outdoor sports \u0026amp; recreational gear transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Lawn, yard \u0026amp; DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e All terrain: grass, gravel, dirt \u0026amp; varied surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e⭐ Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIron Frame with Anti-Rust Plastic Coating\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sprayed plastic surface finish resists rust for long-term outdoor durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 × 10-Inch Inflatable Air Tires\u003c\/strong\u003e — Shock-absorbing pneumatic tires for steady travel across grass, gravel, dirt, and varied surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e180° Front Steering Wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e — Front two wheels adjust 180 degrees for easy maneuvering in tight spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Handle Height\u003c\/strong\u003e — Handle adjusts to suit users of all heights for comfortable pulling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌳\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDetachable Solid Wood Fence\u003c\/strong\u003e — Install or remove the wood side panels as needed; practical and attractive design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💪\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e176 lb Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Large bucket (33.86 × 15.75 × 9.84 in) for hauling tools, supplies, and outdoor gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Utility Wagon (Red, Iron Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Detachable Solid Wood Fence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adjustable Handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e👤 Who Is This For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🌱 Gardeners who need a large-capacity, all-terrain wagon for hauling soil, plants, and tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🏆 Outdoor sports enthusiasts who need a sturdy red wagon for transporting gear and equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🔨 DIY homeowners who want a maneuverable, height-adjustable utility cart for yard and project work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🪓 Families who need a durable, easy-to-pull wagon for hauling firewood, mulch, and outdoor materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron (Anti-Rust Plastic Coating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide Panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid Wood (Detachable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTire Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 × 10 in Inflatable Air Tires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront Steering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180° Adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight-Adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBucket Size (with fence)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.86 × 15.75 × 9.84 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e176 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.6 lbs (12.97 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this wagon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis wagon has a load capacity of up to 176 lbs, suitable for hauling garden tools, supplies, firewood, and outdoor gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the wooden side panels be removed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The solid wood fence is detachable and can be installed or removed based on your hauling needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do the front wheels steer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe front two steering wheels adjust 180 degrees, allowing easy maneuvering in tight spaces and on varied terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the handle height adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The handle height is adjustable to suit users of all heights for comfortable pulling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of tires does this wagon have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wagon features four 10-inch diameter inflatable air tires that provide shock absorption for steady travel across grass, gravel, dirt, and varied surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the bucket dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bucket size (including wood fence) is 33.86 × 15.75 × 9.84 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e🛒 Ready to make outdoor hauling easier? Add to cart and see current offers at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51330303656210,"sku":"W22702956","price":121.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-01_6fa63fd6-d902-45e8-a8c7-75dc4f63f8e6.jpg?v=1762200635"},{"product_id":"all-terrain-garden-wagon-iron-frame-detachable-wood-railing-4x10in-air-tires-176lb-ergonomic-handle","title":"All-Terrain Garden Wagon Iron Frame Detachable Wood Railing 4x10in Air Tires 176lb Ergonomic Handle","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🚜 Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTackle yard work, gardening, and outdoor hauling with this all-terrain garden wagon. Built on a rugged iron frame with a plastered anti-oxidation and anti-corrosion surface finish, it delivers reliable durability for long-term outdoor use. Four 10-inch pneumatic tires provide excellent shock absorption and smooth rolling across a variety of terrain types. The detachable wooden fence above the bucket keeps loads secure and can be installed or removed to suit your hauling needs. The ergonomic handle lets you pull the wagon with ease, saving time and effort. Load capacity is up to 176 lbs, and the handle folds under for compact storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Works Best For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Garden tools, soil \u0026amp; supplies hauling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Firewood \u0026amp; outdoor materials transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Lawn, yard \u0026amp; DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e All terrain: grass, gravel, dirt \u0026amp; uneven ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e⭐ Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIron Frame with Anti-Corrosion Coating\u003c\/strong\u003e — Plastered surface finish provides good anti-oxidation and anti-corrosion protection for long-term outdoor durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 × 10-Inch Pneumatic Tires\u003c\/strong\u003e — Excellent shock absorption; rolls smoothly across grass, gravel, dirt, and a variety of terrain types\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌳\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDetachable Wooden Fence\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wooden railing above the bucket keeps loads secure; install or remove based on your hauling needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🤝\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pull the wagon comfortably with the ergonomic handle design; convenient and effort-saving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable Handle for Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Handle folds under the wagon for compact, easy storage when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💪\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e176 lb Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Large capacity for hauling gardening tools, supplies, firewood, and outdoor materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × All-Terrain Garden Wagon (Iron Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Detachable Wooden Fence \/ Railing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Ergonomic Foldable Handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e👤 Who Is This For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🌱 Gardeners who need a rugged, high-capacity wagon for hauling soil, plants, and tools around the yard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🪓 Homeowners who need a reliable cart for transporting firewood, mulch, and outdoor materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🔨 DIY enthusiasts who need a versatile, all-terrain hauling solution for outdoor projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🏡 Property owners who want a compact-storing wagon with a detachable wood railing for flexible use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron (Anti-Oxidation, Anti-Corrosion Coating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWooden Fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetachable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTire Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 × 10 in Pneumatic Air Tires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e176 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic, Foldable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerrain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll-Terrain (grass, gravel, dirt, varied surfaces)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.6 lbs (12.97 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this wagon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis wagon has a load capacity of up to 176 lbs, suitable for hauling gardening tools, supplies, firewood, and outdoor materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the wooden fence be removed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The wooden fence above the bucket is detachable and can be installed or removed based on your hauling needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the handle fold for storage?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The handle folds under the wagon for compact, easy storage when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of tires does this wagon have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wagon features four 10-inch pneumatic air tires that provide excellent shock absorption and smooth rolling across a variety of terrain types.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame rust-resistant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The iron frame has a plastered surface finish that provides good anti-oxidation and anti-corrosion protection for long-term outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this wagon suitable for uneven terrain?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 10-inch pneumatic tires are designed to handle a variety of terrain types, including grass, gravel, dirt, and uneven outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e🛒 Ready to make yard work easier? Add to cart and see current offers at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51330311454994,"sku":"W22740234","price":122.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-01_0ca9c1c1-e15f-4464-bc52-2e9fd943236f.jpg?v=1749117617"},{"product_id":"all-terrain-garden-wagon-steel-frame-removable-wood-panels-10in-air-tires-176lb-foldable-handle","title":"All-Terrain Garden Wagon Steel Frame Removable Wood Panels 10in Air Tires 176lb Capacity Foldable Handle","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🚜 Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaul gardening tools, supplies, firewood, and more with this all-terrain garden wagon. Built on a sturdy all-steel frame with a large loading capacity of 176 lbs, it handles tough outdoor tasks with ease. The 10-inch pneumatic air tires roll smoothly over any terrain — grass, gravel, dirt, and uneven ground. Removable wooden side panels keep loads secure while adding a classic look, and the extra-long handle folds flat underneath for compact, easy storage when not in use. A practical, durable choice for yard work, gardening, and DIY hauling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Works Best For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Garden tools, soil \u0026amp; supplies hauling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Firewood \u0026amp; outdoor materials transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Lawn, yard \u0026amp; DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e All terrain: grass, gravel, dirt \u0026amp; uneven ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e⭐ Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAll-Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — Rugged, durable construction with a 176 lb loading capacity for heavy-duty yard and garden hauling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e10-Inch Pneumatic Air Tires\u003c\/strong\u003e — Handles any terrain smoothly — grass, gravel, dirt, and uneven outdoor surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌳\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRemovable Wooden Side Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e — Keep loads secure during transport; remove easily when hauling larger or bulkier items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable Extra-Long Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e — Folds flat underneath the wagon for compact, easy storage when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💪\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e176 lb Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Large capacity for hauling gardening tools, supplies, firewood, and outdoor materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSteel + Wood Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Combines a sturdy steel bed with classic wooden stake sides for durability and style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × All-Terrain Garden Wagon (Steel Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × Removable Wooden Side Panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Extra-Long Foldable Handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e👤 Who Is This For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🌱 Gardeners who need a rugged, high-capacity wagon for hauling soil, plants, and tools around the yard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🪓 Homeowners who need a reliable cart for transporting firewood, mulch, and outdoor materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🔨 DIY enthusiasts who need a versatile, all-terrain hauling solution for outdoor projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🏡 Property owners who want a compact-storing wagon that handles grass, gravel, and uneven terrain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll-Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide Panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood (Removable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTire Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 in Pneumatic Air Tires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e176 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra-Long, Foldable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerrain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll-Terrain (grass, gravel, dirt, uneven ground)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.6 lbs (12.97 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this wagon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis wagon has a large loading capacity of 176 lbs, suitable for hauling gardening tools, supplies, firewood, and outdoor materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the wooden side panels be removed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The wooden side panels are removable, allowing you to haul larger or bulkier items when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the handle fold for storage?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The extra-long handle folds flat underneath the wagon for compact, easy storage when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of tires does this wagon have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wagon features 10-inch pneumatic air tires that roll smoothly over any terrain, including grass, gravel, dirt, and uneven outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the wagon made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wagon is built on an all-steel frame with removable wooden side panels for a combination of durability and classic style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this wagon suitable for uneven terrain?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 10-inch pneumatic air tires are designed to handle all terrain types, including grass, gravel, dirt, and uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e🛒 Ready to make yard work easier? Add to cart and see current offers at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51330315288850,"sku":"W22740235","price":123.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-04_ae251832-f93e-4345-beeb-1b86b02af3db.jpg?v=1749117616"},{"product_id":"aluminum-thumb-screws-hand-grip-knob-bolt-m4-m5-m6-camera-photography","title":"Aluminum Thumb Screws Hand Grip Knob Bolt – M4 M5 M6 1\/4\", 4 Colors, for Camera \u0026 Photography Equipment","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eAluminum Thumb Screw Knob Bolts — M4, M5, M6 \u0026amp; 1\/4\", 4 Colors, for Camera \u0026amp; Photography Equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eFumbling with a hex key to tighten your tripod head or camera rail in the field wastes time and breaks your creative flow. These anodized aluminum thumb screw knob bolts let you lock and adjust photography equipment quickly by hand — no tools required — while adding a clean, color-matched finish to your rig.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eMachined from high-strength aluminum alloy with a CNC lathe and CNC computer gong process, each L-type locking knob screw features a large ergonomic grip head for firm hand-tightening and an iron nickel-plated threaded shank for durability. Available in M4, M5, M6, and 1\/4\"-20 thread sizes, lengths from 10mm to 35mm (approximately 0.39” to 1.38”), and 4 anodized colors — Red, Black, Silver, and Blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThese thumb screw knob bolts are ideal for fixing and adjusting camera tripods, pan-tilt heads, camera sliders, monitor arms, follow focus rigs, and other adjustable photography and videography equipment where fast, tool-free hand adjustment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e\n    Compatible with M4, M5, M6 metric threads and 1\/4\"-20 UNC (standard camera\/tripod thread). Available in lengths 10mm, 12mm, 14mm, 17mm, 20mm, 25mm, 30mm, and 35mm. Universal fit for standard photography equipment mounting points.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Aluminum Thumb Screw Knob Bolts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum Alloy Body with Iron Nickel-Plated Shank:\u003c\/strong\u003e The knob head is machined from high-strength aluminum alloy for a lightweight, corrosion-resistant grip, while the threaded shank uses iron nickel plating for reliable thread engagement and long-lasting durability.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Anodized Color Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in Red, Black, Silver, and Blue anodized finishes — match your camera rig’s color scheme or use different colors to quickly identify different adjustment points on your equipment.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eL-Type Ergonomic Knob Design for Tool-Free Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The large L-type grip head provides enough leverage for firm hand-tightening without tools, making it ideal for fast field adjustments to tripod heads, camera rails, and pan-tilt handles.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Thread Sizes \u0026amp; 8 Length Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in M4, M5, M6, and 1\/4\"-20 thread sizes, with lengths from 10mm to 35mm, covering the most common mounting thread standards used in photography and videography equipment worldwide.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎭\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCNC Precision Machined:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each knob screw is manufactured using CNC lathe and CNC computer gong processing for consistent dimensions, smooth thread engagement, and a clean anodized surface finish.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion-Resistant Anodized Surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e The anodized finish integrates into the aluminum surface for a hard, color-fast layer that resists scratching, fading, and oxidation under normal use conditions in studio and field environments.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e📷\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003ePhotographers \u0026amp; Videographers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIdeal for quickly locking and adjusting camera tripods, ball heads, pan-tilt heads, and camera sliders in the field without needing to carry hex keys or other tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🎬\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eVideo Rig \u0026amp; Cinema Builders\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eUse as locking knobs on follow focus rigs, monitor arms, matte boxes, and other modular cinema accessories where fast, repeatable hand-tightening is essential during a shoot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🔭\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eStudio Equipment Assemblers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eSuitable for fixing and adjusting studio lighting stands, boom arms, and other adjustable studio equipment where color-coded knobs help identify different adjustment points at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🔨\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eDIY Makers \u0026amp; Equipment Modifiers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eA versatile hand-grip knob bolt for any DIY project or equipment modification requiring a tool-free locking fastener with an ergonomic grip — from custom rigs to workshop jigs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum Alloy body (anodized); Iron Nickel-Plated threaded shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eL-Type Locking Knob Screw (Thumb Screw \/ Hand Grip Bolt)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM4, M5, M6, 1\/4\"-20 UNC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm, 12mm, 14mm, 17mm, 20mm, 25mm, 30mm, 35mm (Note: 1\/4\" available in 17mm only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, Black, Silver, Blue (anodized)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Treatment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodized (aluminum body); Nickel plating (shank)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturing Process\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCNC Lathe, CNC Computer Gong Processing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplicable Equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCamera tripods, pan-tilt heads, camera sliders, monitor arms, follow focus rigs, studio equipment, and other adjustable photography\/videography accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat thread sizes are available for these thumb screw knob bolts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese knob bolts are available in M4, M5, M6 metric thread sizes and 1\/4\"-20 UNC (the standard camera and tripod thread used worldwide). Select your thread size and length from the variant options above. Note that the 1\/4\" size is currently available in 17mm length only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the 1\/4\" thread size used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1\/4\"-20 UNC thread is the standard mounting thread used on most camera tripods, ball heads, pan-tilt heads, and photography accessories worldwide. It is the most common thread for attaching cameras and accessories to tripod plates and quick-release systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan these knob bolts be tightened by hand without tools?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The L-type knob head is specifically designed for firm hand-tightening without tools. The large ergonomic grip provides enough leverage for secure locking in most photography and videography equipment adjustment applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat material are these knob screws made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe knob head is machined from high-strength aluminum alloy with an anodized surface finish. The threaded shank uses iron with nickel plating for reliable thread engagement and corrosion resistance. The combination keeps the overall weight low while maintaining durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill the anodized color fade or chip over time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe anodized finish is integrated into the surface of the aluminum rather than applied as a paint or coating, which means it is generally more resistant to fading and chipping than painted alternatives under normal studio and field use conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat photography equipment are these knob bolts compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese thumb screw knob bolts are compatible with any photography or videography equipment that uses standard M4, M5, M6, or 1\/4\"-20 threaded mounting points, including camera tripods, ball heads, pan-tilt handles, camera sliders, monitor arms, follow focus rigs, matte boxes, and studio lighting stands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eAre different colors available for the same thread size and length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Red, Black, Silver, and Blue anodized finishes are available across the M4, M5, and M6 thread sizes. The 1\/4\" size is available in all four colors at 17mm length. Select your preferred color and size combination from the variant dropdown above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your Size (Thread Diameter x Length) above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"M4 x 10mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481389842,"sku":"LRP12076x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 12mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481422610,"sku":"LRP12077x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 14mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481455378,"sku":"LRP12078x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 17mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481488146,"sku":"LRP12079x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 20mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481520914,"sku":"LRP12080x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 25mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481553682,"sku":"LRP12081x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 30mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481586450,"sku":"LRP12082x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 10mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481619218,"sku":"LRP12083x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 12mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481651986,"sku":"LRP12084x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 14mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481684754,"sku":"LRP12085x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 17mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481717522,"sku":"LRP12086x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 20mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481750290,"sku":"LRP12087x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 25mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481783058,"sku":"LRP12088x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 30mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481815826,"sku":"LRP12089x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 35mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481848594,"sku":"LRP12090x1","price":4.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 10mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481881362,"sku":"LRP12091x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 12mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481914130,"sku":"LRP12092x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 14mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481946898,"sku":"LRP12093x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 17mm (Red)","offer_id":51330481979666,"sku":"LRP12094x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 20mm (Red)","offer_id":51330482012434,"sku":"LRP12095x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 25mm (Red)","offer_id":51330482045202,"sku":"LRP12096x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 30mm (Red)","offer_id":51330482077970,"sku":"LRP12097x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 35mm (Red)","offer_id":51330482110738,"sku":"LRP12098x1","price":4.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 10mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482143506,"sku":"LRP12099x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 12mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482176274,"sku":"LRP12100x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 14mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482209042,"sku":"LRP12101x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 17mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482241810,"sku":"LRP12102x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 20mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482274578,"sku":"LRP12103x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 25mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482307346,"sku":"LRP12104x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 30mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482340114,"sku":"LRP12105x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 10mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482372882,"sku":"LRP12106x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 12mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482405650,"sku":"LRP12107x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 14mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482438418,"sku":"LRP12108x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 17mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482471186,"sku":"LRP12109x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 20mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482503954,"sku":"LRP12110x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 25mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482536722,"sku":"LRP12111x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 30mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482569490,"sku":"LRP12112x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 35mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482602258,"sku":"LRP12113x1","price":4.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 10mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482635026,"sku":"LRP12114x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 12mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482667794,"sku":"LRP12115x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 14mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482700562,"sku":"LRP12116x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 17mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482733330,"sku":"LRP12117x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 20mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482766098,"sku":"LRP12118x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 25mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482798866,"sku":"LRP12119x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 30mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482831634,"sku":"LRP12120x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 35mm (Black)","offer_id":51330482864402,"sku":"LRP12121x1","price":4.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 10mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330482897170,"sku":"LRP12122x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 12mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330482929938,"sku":"LRP12123x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 14mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330482962706,"sku":"LRP12124x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 17mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330482995474,"sku":"LRP12125x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 20mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483028242,"sku":"LRP12126x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 25mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483061010,"sku":"LRP12127x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 30mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483093778,"sku":"LRP12128x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 10mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483126546,"sku":"LRP12129x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 12mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483159314,"sku":"LRP12130x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 14mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483192082,"sku":"LRP12131x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 17mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483224850,"sku":"LRP12132x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 20mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483257618,"sku":"LRP12133x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 25mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483290386,"sku":"LRP12134x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 30mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483323154,"sku":"LRP12135x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 35mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483355922,"sku":"LRP12136x1","price":4.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 10mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483388690,"sku":"LRP12137x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 12mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483421458,"sku":"LRP12138x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 14mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483454226,"sku":"LRP12139x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 17mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483486994,"sku":"LRP12140x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 20mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483519762,"sku":"LRP12141x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 25mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483552530,"sku":"LRP12142x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 30mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483585298,"sku":"LRP12143x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 35mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330483618066,"sku":"LRP12144x1","price":4.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 10mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330483650834,"sku":"LRP12145x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 12mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330483683602,"sku":"LRP12146x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 14mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330483716370,"sku":"LRP12147x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 17mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330483749138,"sku":"LRP12148x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 20mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330483781906,"sku":"LRP12149x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 25mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330483814674,"sku":"LRP12150x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M4 x 30mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330483847442,"sku":"LRP12151x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 10mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330483880210,"sku":"LRP12152x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 12mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330483912978,"sku":"LRP12153x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 14mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330483945746,"sku":"LRP12154x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 17mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330483978514,"sku":"LRP12155x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 20mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484011282,"sku":"LRP12156x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 25mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484044050,"sku":"LRP12157x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 30mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484076818,"sku":"LRP12158x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M5 x 35mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484109586,"sku":"LRP12159x1","price":4.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 10mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484142354,"sku":"LRP12160x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 12mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484175122,"sku":"LRP12161x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 14mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484207890,"sku":"LRP12162x1","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 17mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484240658,"sku":"LRP12163x1","price":4.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 20mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484273426,"sku":"LRP12164x1","price":4.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 25mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484306194,"sku":"LRP12165x1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 30mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484338962,"sku":"LRP12166x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M6 x 35mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484371730,"sku":"LRP12167x1","price":4.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 x 17mm (Red)","offer_id":51330484404498,"sku":"LRP12168x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 x 17mm (Black)","offer_id":51330484437266,"sku":"LRP12169x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 x 17mm (Silver)","offer_id":51330484470034,"sku":"LRP12170x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 x 17mm (Blue)","offer_id":51330484502802,"sku":"LRP12171x1","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/2_669d521f-b5fd-47fc-8af3-c792ad991c08.jpg?v=1764913816"},{"product_id":"pvc-coated-galvanized-iron-wire-for-garden-strapping-homediyer","title":"Galvanized Iron Wire Pvc Coated Flat-shape Use For Garden Strapping Multicolor","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🌈 PVC-Coated Galvanized Iron Wire - Flat Shape Garden Strapping | Multi-Color 🌈\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-highlights\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e⚡ Key Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eDual Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Galvanized iron core + colorful PVC coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌧️ \u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - Withstands sun, rain, and extreme temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eVibrant Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e - Choose from multiple colors to match your garden style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eFlat Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e - Lies flush against plants without cutting into stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌱 \u003cstrong\u003ePlant-Friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e - Gentle on vegetation while providing strong support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"usage-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🏡 Perfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"usage-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"usage-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🌿 Vine training \u0026amp; plant support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"usage-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🍅 Tomato plant staking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"usage-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🌹 Rose bush anchoring\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"usage-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🖼️ Decorative garden projects\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"usage-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🌲 Tree guying\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"usage-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🦉 Chicken wire reinforcement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"benefits-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e✅ Why Choose Our PVC-Coated Wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eExtra Strength\u003c\/strong\u003e - Galvanized iron core won't stretch or break\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌈 \u003cstrong\u003eColorfast\u003c\/strong\u003e - PVC coating maintains vibrant colors season after season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e✂️ \u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Work With\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cuts cleanly without fraying\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔄 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e - Indoor\/outdoor use for gardening, crafts, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⏳ \u003cstrong\u003eLong-Lasting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Resists rust and corrosion for years of use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tech-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📐 Technical Specifications:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized iron wire with PVC coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColors Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, black, brown, white (other colors on request)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold by the meter\/spool (custom lengths available)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"cta-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🛒 \u003cstrong\u003eOrder today\u003c\/strong\u003e and give your garden the colorful, durable support it deserves!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🚚 Fast shipping | 💯 Satisfaction guaranteed | 🔄 Easy returns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .product-description {\n    font-family: 'Helvetica Neue', Arial, sans-serif;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    color: #333;\n    max-width: 800px;\n    margin: 0 auto;\n  }\n  \n  h2, h3 {\n    color: #2a7221;\n  }\n  \n  .feature-highlights, .benefits-section, .tech-specs {\n    background-color: #f8f9f8;\n    padding: 15px;\n    border-radius: 8px;\n    margin: 20px 0;\n  }\n  \n  .usage-grid {\n    display: grid;\n    grid-template-columns: repeat(2, 1fr);\n    gap: 10px;\n  }\n  \n  .usage-item {\n    background-color: #f0f7ee;\n    padding: 10px;\n    border-radius: 5px;\n  }\n  \n  .cta-section {\n    text-align: center;\n    font-size: 1.1em;\n    margin-top: 30px;\n    padding: 15px;\n    background-color: #e8f4e5;\n    border-radius: 8px;\n  }\n  \n  ul {\n    padding-left: 20px;\n  }\n  \n  li {\n    margin-bottom: 8px;\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 0.55*80mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537502994,"sku":"GLBZSJ019187","price":18.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 0.55*100mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537535762,"sku":"GLBZSJ019193","price":21.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 0.55*120mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537568530,"sku":"GLBZSJ019199","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 0.55*150mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537601298,"sku":"GLBZSJ019205","price":31.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 0.55*200mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537634066,"sku":"GLBZSJ019211","price":42.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 0.55*250mm \/ 500Pcs","offer_id":51414537666834,"sku":"GLBZSJ019217","price":27.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 0.75*80mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537699602,"sku":"GLBZSJ019223","price":22.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 0.75*100mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537732370,"sku":"GLBZSJ019225","price":28.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 0.75*120mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537765138,"sku":"GLBZSJ019227","price":33.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 0.75*150mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537797906,"sku":"GLBZSJ019229","price":42.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 0.75*200mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537830674,"sku":"GLBZSJ019231","price":55.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 0.75*250mm \/ 500Pcs","offer_id":51414537863442,"sku":"GLBZSJ019233","price":35.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.55*80mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537896210,"sku":"GLBZSJ019188","price":18.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.55*100mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537928978,"sku":"GLBZSJ019194","price":21.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.55*120mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537961746,"sku":"GLBZSJ019200","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.55*150mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414537994514,"sku":"GLBZSJ019206","price":31.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.55*200mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538027282,"sku":"GLBZSJ019212","price":42.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.55*250mm \/ 500Pcs","offer_id":51414538060050,"sku":"GLBZSJ019218","price":27.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.75*80mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538092818,"sku":"GLBZSJ019224","price":22.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.75*100mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538125586,"sku":"GLBZSJ019226","price":28.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.75*120mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538158354,"sku":"GLBZSJ019228","price":33.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.75*150mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538191122,"sku":"GLBZSJ019230","price":42.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.75*200mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538223890,"sku":"GLBZSJ019232","price":55.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 0.75*250mm \/ 500Pcs","offer_id":51414538256658,"sku":"GLBZSJ019234","price":35.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 0.55*80mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538289426,"sku":"GLBZSJ019189","price":18.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 0.55*100mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538322194,"sku":"GLBZSJ019195","price":22.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 0.55*120mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538354962,"sku":"GLBZSJ019201","price":26.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 0.55*150mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538387730,"sku":"GLBZSJ019207","price":32.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 0.55*200mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538420498,"sku":"GLBZSJ019213","price":43.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 0.55*250mm \/ 500Pcs","offer_id":51414538453266,"sku":"GLBZSJ019219","price":27.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 0.55*80mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538486034,"sku":"GLBZSJ019190","price":18.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 0.55*100mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538518802,"sku":"GLBZSJ019196","price":22.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 0.55*120mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538551570,"sku":"GLBZSJ019202","price":26.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 0.55*150mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538584338,"sku":"GLBZSJ019208","price":32.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 0.55*200mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538617106,"sku":"GLBZSJ019214","price":43.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 0.55*250mm \/ 500Pcs","offer_id":51414538649874,"sku":"GLBZSJ019220","price":27.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 0.55*80mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538682642,"sku":"GLBZSJ019191","price":18.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 0.55*100mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538715410,"sku":"GLBZSJ019197","price":22.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 0.55*120mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538748178,"sku":"GLBZSJ019203","price":26.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 0.55*150mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538780946,"sku":"GLBZSJ019209","price":32.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 0.55*200mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538813714,"sku":"GLBZSJ019215","price":43.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 0.55*250mm \/ 500Pcs","offer_id":51414538846482,"sku":"GLBZSJ019221","price":27.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 0.55*80mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538879250,"sku":"GLBZSJ019192","price":18.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 0.55*100mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538912018,"sku":"GLBZSJ019198","price":22.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 0.55*120mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538944786,"sku":"GLBZSJ019204","price":26.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 0.55*150mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414538977554,"sku":"GLBZSJ019210","price":32.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 0.55*200mm \/ 1000Pcs","offer_id":51414539010322,"sku":"GLBZSJ019216","price":43.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 0.55*250mm \/ 500Pcs","offer_id":51414539043090,"sku":"GLBZSJ019222","price":27.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/CA80_LDMMC_B8_P_07I9V.png?v=1764912620"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-galvanized-garden-wire-for-plants-fencing-homediyer","title":"Galvanised Garden Wire Heavy DutyPlant Tie Fencing Wire 45-100m Long WhiteBlack","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGalvanised Garden Wire — Heavy-Duty Plant Tie \u0026amp; Fencing Support for Every Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're training climbing roses, securing tomato vines, or reinforcing a garden fence, finding wire that's both strong enough to hold and gentle enough not to damage your plants is a constant challenge. This galvanised garden wire is engineered for gardeners and DIYers who need reliable, long-lasting support without the hassle of rust or breakage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from galvanised steel with a smooth coating, this garden wire is available in two profile types — Flat and Round — and six size options ranging from 0.45mm × 100m down to 1.5mm × 18m (approximately 0.018\" to 0.059\" diameter). The white and black colour options allow the wire to blend discreetly into your garden setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom delicate seedling support and trellis training to heavy-duty fencing reinforcement and tree staking, this versatile galvanised wire handles it all — performing reliably through sun, rain, and frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Suitable for indoor and outdoor garden use — compatible with trellises, raised beds, wire fencing, plant cages, and general DIY garden projects.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eRust-Resistant Galvanised Coating\u003c\/strong\u003e — The zinc galvanisation protects the steel core from corrosion, ensuring the wire holds up through wet seasons and prolonged outdoor exposure without degrading.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Diameter \u0026amp; Length Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose from 0.45mm, 0.55mm, 0.75mm, 0.9mm, 1.2mm, or 1.5mm diameters with roll lengths from 18m to 100m, so you get exactly the strength and quantity your project demands.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🔄 \u003cstrong\u003eFlat \u0026amp; Round Profile Types\u003c\/strong\u003e — The flat profile lies flush against stems and surfaces for a secure, low-profile hold; the round profile offers classic flexibility for tying, looping, and general-purpose use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e✂️ \u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Cut \u0026amp; Shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — Workable by hand or with standard wire cutters, the wire bends and holds its shape without kinking, making it practical for both quick ties and more structured garden frameworks.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eDiscreet White \u0026amp; Black Colours\u003c\/strong\u003e — Both colour options are designed to blend into garden environments — white suits light-coloured structures and trellises, while black disappears against dark soil, pots, and fencing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🌦️ \u003cstrong\u003eAll-Weather Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tested for use in sun, rain, and frost conditions; the galvanised finish maintains integrity across seasons without becoming brittle or losing tensile strength.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Is This For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🌱 Home Gardeners \u0026amp; Plant Enthusiasts\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ideal for training climbing plants, supporting tomato vines, tying back rose canes, and securing young trees to stakes. The lighter gauges (0.45mm–0.55mm) are gentle enough for delicate stems.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🔧 DIY Fencing \u0026amp; Outdoor Projects\u003c\/strong\u003e — The heavier gauges (0.9mm–1.5mm) provide the tensile strength needed for reinforcing chicken wire, building garden enclosures, or creating wire mesh panels for raised beds and compost bays.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🏡 Allotment \u0026amp; Vegetable Growers\u003c\/strong\u003e — Perfect for constructing bean and pea frames, securing netting over crops, and building temporary plant supports throughout the growing season.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🎁 Craft \u0026amp; Floral Designers\u003c\/strong\u003e — The finer round wire variants work well for wreath-making, floral arrangements, and decorative garden art where a clean, workable wire is needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish \/ Coating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZinc Galvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProfile Types\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat, Round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Diameters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.45mm, 0.55mm, 0.75mm, 0.9mm, 1.2mm, 1.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100m, 85m, 65m, 45m, 28m, 18m (per roll)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 roll per pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight (per roll)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 350g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor \u0026amp; indoor garden use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll-weather (sun, rain, frost)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Flat and Round wire types?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThe Flat profile wire has a flattened cross-section that lies flush against plant stems and surfaces, providing a secure hold with minimal pressure points — ideal for delicate stems and trained climbers. The Round profile is the classic circular cross-section wire, offering greater flexibility for general tying, looping, and wrapping tasks.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich diameter should I choose for tying plants?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eFor delicate seedlings and soft-stemmed plants, the 0.45mm or 0.55mm options are recommended as they are gentle and easy to work with by hand. For heavier stems, shrubs, or structural support, the 0.75mm or 0.9mm diameters provide greater holding strength without excessive rigidity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this wire suitable for outdoor use all year round?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eYes. The galvanised zinc coating protects the steel core from rust and corrosion, making it suitable for continuous outdoor use across all seasons — including wet winters and humid summers. The coating typically maintains its integrity for several years under normal garden conditions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut this wire with standard garden tools?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eYes. The lighter gauges (0.45mm–0.75mm) can generally be cut with standard scissors or snips. For the heavier gauges (0.9mm–1.5mm), wire cutters or pliers are recommended for a clean cut. The wire bends and holds its shape without kinking under normal handling.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the white or black coating fade or peel over time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThe colour is part of the galvanised coating process rather than a surface paint, so it is generally resistant to peeling. Some gradual weathering of the colour tone may occur with prolonged UV exposure, but this does not affect the structural integrity or rust resistance of the wire.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much wire do I need for a typical garden project?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThis depends on the project. For general plant tying throughout a growing season, a 100m roll typically provides ample supply for a medium-sized garden. For fencing or structural projects, the heavier gauge shorter rolls (28m–45m) are generally more appropriate. If in doubt, selecting a longer roll ensures you have enough for the full project.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this wire be used for chicken wire reinforcement or garden fencing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eYes. The 0.9mm, 1.2mm, and 1.5mm diameter options are well-suited for reinforcing existing chicken wire panels, securing fence sections, and building lightweight garden enclosures. For heavy structural fencing, we recommend using the 1.5mm gauge for maximum tensile strength.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003eOrder your galvanised garden wire today and give your plants and garden projects the reliable, rust-resistant support they need — season after season. 🛒\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"White \/ Flat \/ 0.45mm x 100m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539108626,"sku":"GLBZSJ019169","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Flat \/ 0.55mm x 85m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539141394,"sku":"GLBZSJ019176","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Flat \/ 0.75mm x 65m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539174162,"sku":"GLBZSJ019180","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Flat \/ 0.9mm x 45m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539206930,"sku":"GLBZSJ019183","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Round \/ 0.45mm x 100m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539239698,"sku":"GLBZSJ019172","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Round \/ 0.55mm x 85m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539272466,"sku":"GLBZSJ019174","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Round \/ 0.75mm x 65m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539305234,"sku":"GLBZSJ019178","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Round \/ 0.9mm x 45m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539338002,"sku":"GLBZSJ019182","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Flat \/ 0.45mm x 100m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539370770,"sku":"GLBZSJ019170","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Flat \/ 0.55mm x 85m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539403538,"sku":"GLBZSJ019175","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Flat \/ 0.75mm x 65m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539436306,"sku":"GLBZSJ019179","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Flat \/ 0.9mm x 45m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539469074,"sku":"GLBZSJ019184","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Round \/ 0.45mm x 100m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539501842,"sku":"GLBZSJ019171","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Round \/ 0.55mm x 85m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539534610,"sku":"GLBZSJ019173","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Round \/ 0.75mm x 65m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539567378,"sku":"GLBZSJ019177","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Round \/ 0.9mm x 45m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539600146,"sku":"GLBZSJ019181","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Round \/ 1.2mm x 28m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539632914,"sku":"GLBZSJ019185","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Round \/ 1.5mm x 18m\/1roll","offer_id":51414539665682,"sku":"GLBZSJ019186","price":17.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/NUQ_TFI_QVK_B_1UC_6FW.png?v=1764912513"},{"product_id":"telescoping-garden-watering-gun-8-spray-patterns-extendable","title":"Telescoping Garden Watering Gun with 8 Spray Patterns, 16–32 in. Extendable","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTelescoping Garden Watering Gun — 8 Spray Patterns and Extended Reach for Every Watering Task\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatering hanging baskets, tall raised beds, or plants tucked against a fence usually means awkward stretching, bending, or dragging a step stool into the garden. This telescoping garden watering gun eliminates that problem by extending from 16 in. to 32 in. (40–81 cm), putting the nozzle exactly where you need it without straining your back or soaking your shoes in the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gun is built from heavy-duty ABS plastic with metal fittings, rated to 100 PSI, and connects to any standard 3\/4\" garden hose thread. The rotating head offers 8 spray patterns — from a fine mist for seedlings to a concentrated jet for rinsing hard surfaces — all switchable with one hand via the thumb-control flow adjuster. Available in four hose-length bundle options: 25 ft (YYGG001, ~565 g), 50 ft (YYGG002, ~865 g), 75 ft (YYGG003, ~1,165 g), and 100 ft (YYGG004, ~1,505 g). Each kit includes the watering gun, a quick-connect adapter, and a storage hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorks equally well for watering hanging baskets, tall container plants, and raised beds; washing vehicles, windows, and outdoor furniture; cleaning gutters, decks, and sidewalks; and bathing pets — a single adjustable tool that handles the full range of outdoor watering and cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Compatible with standard 3\/4\" garden hose fittings — works with most outdoor faucets, hose-end timers, drip irrigation manifolds, and quick-connect systems. Suitable for drip setups, raised bed gardens, and traditional hose systems.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This Telescoping Garden Watering Gun\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTelescoping 16–32 in. Reach:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extends from 40 cm to 81 cm, letting you water hanging baskets, tall plants, and hard-to-reach garden corners without bending, stretching, or using a step stool.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 Adjustable Spray Patterns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Covers shower, jet, cone, flat, mist, and more — switch between gentle seedling watering and high-pressure surface rinsing with a single rotation of the nozzle head.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThumb-Control Flow Adjuster:\u003c\/strong\u003e One-handed flow control lets you start, stop, and adjust water volume without releasing your grip — reduces hand fatigue during longer watering sessions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty ABS Body with Metal Fittings:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ABS plastic body resists impact and UV degradation, while the metal connector fittings maintain a leak-free seal at the hose end under normal use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔒\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100 PSI Rated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handles standard residential water pressure with consistent spray performance across all 8 nozzle settings — no pressure drop or pattern distortion at normal household flow rates.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Purpose Outdoor Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beyond plant watering, the jet and flat patterns deliver enough pressure for washing vehicles, rinsing patios, cleaning gutters, and bathing pets — one tool for the full outdoor task list.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Telescoping garden watering gun product overview\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/50FT-05.jpg?v=1752549908\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping watering gun (extends 16–32 in.) × 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-connect adapter × 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage hook × 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌻\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Basket \u0026amp; Tall Plant Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eExtend the gun to 32 in. and switch to the shower setting to water hanging baskets, window boxes, and tall container plants without a ladder or awkward overhead reaching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Bed \u0026amp; Garden Growers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the mist or cone setting for seedlings and the shower setting for established beds — the extended reach lets you water the back of a deep raised bed without leaning over the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🚗\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCar \u0026amp; Outdoor Equipment Washers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe jet and flat patterns deliver consistent pressure for rinsing vehicles, outdoor furniture, and garden tools — the thumb control lets you pause flow between rinses without walking back to the faucet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🐾\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePet Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gentle shower and mist settings are suitable for bathing dogs and cats outdoors — the extended reach keeps the nozzle at a comfortable distance without startling the animal with a close-range spray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtended Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 in. to 32 in. (40–81 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpray Patterns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 settings (shower, jet, cone, flat, mist, and more)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax Pressure Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty ABS plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal connectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose Connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 3\/4\" garden hose thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow Control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThumb-control adjuster (one-handed operation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Bundle Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 ft (YYGG001) \/ 50 ft (YYGG002) \/ 75 ft (YYGG003) \/ 100 ft (YYGG004)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (gun only)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~565 g (25 ft bundle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWatering gun, quick-connect adapter, storage hook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Telescoping watering gun in use — side view\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/50FT-07.jpg?v=1752549908\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Telescoping watering gun spray pattern demonstration\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/50FT-03.jpg?v=1752549908\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow far does the gun extend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe telescoping body extends from 16 in. (40 cm) in its compact position to 32 in. (81 cm) at full extension. This range is designed to reach hanging baskets, tall raised beds, and plants positioned at the back of deep garden beds without bending or stretching.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat spray patterns are included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nozzle head offers 8 spray patterns including shower, jet, cone, flat, and mist settings, plus additional patterns suitable for a range of tasks from gentle seedling watering to high-pressure surface rinsing. Patterns are selected by rotating the nozzle head.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this compatible with my garden hose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The gun uses a standard 3\/4\" garden hose thread, which is compatible with most outdoor faucets, garden hoses, hose-end timers, and quick-connect systems available at hardware stores. A quick-connect adapter is included in the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I control the water flow without walking back to the faucet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The thumb-control flow adjuster on the handle lets you start, stop, and adjust water volume with one hand without releasing your grip on the gun. This is particularly useful when moving between plants or pausing between rinse cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum water pressure this gun handles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gun is rated to 100 PSI, which covers standard residential water pressure (typically 40–80 PSI). The metal connector fittings maintain a leak-free seal at normal household pressure without cracking or dripping at the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the gun suitable for washing cars or outdoor furniture?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The jet and flat spray patterns deliver enough pressure for rinsing vehicles, outdoor furniture, garden tools, and hard surfaces. The thumb control lets you pause flow between rinse passes without returning to the faucet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat bundle length should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the hose length based on the distance from your outdoor faucet to the furthest point you need to reach. The 25 ft bundle suits compact yards and patios; the 50 ft option covers most standard backyards; the 75 ft and 100 ft bundles are suited for larger properties or situations where a single hose needs to reach across the full outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this gun with a drip irrigation timer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The standard 3\/4\" hose thread is compatible with most hose-end timers. Attach the timer between your outdoor faucet and the hose, then connect the gun at the nozzle end for scheduled watering with manual spray control when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your bundle length above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"25FT","offer_id":51473160077586,"sku":"YYGG001","price":55.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50FT","offer_id":51473164730642,"sku":"YYGG002","price":65.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"75FT","offer_id":51473166631186,"sku":"YYGG003","price":76.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100FT","offer_id":51473167548690,"sku":"YYGG004","price":89.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/10_43b60d39-220d-449b-941c-a65c1be1daf0.jpg?v=1762200989"},{"product_id":"5-8-in-lightweight-all-weather-garden-hose-kink-resistant-25-100ft","title":"5\/8 in. Lightweight All-Weather Garden Hose, Kink-Resistant, 25–100 FT","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e5\/8 in. Lightweight All-Weather Garden Hose — Kink-Resistant Watering from 25 to 100 FT\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy hoses that kink around corners, crack in cold weather, or leak at the connector make a simple watering task into a chore. This 5\/8 in. all-weather garden hose is built to stay flexible and flow-ready in conditions that cause standard hoses to fail — from summer heat to below-freezing temperatures — without the weight penalty that makes long hoses difficult to manage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from a 3-layer hybrid polymer core with polyester mesh reinforcement, the hose is approximately 30% lighter than conventional rubber hoses while maintaining a 150 PSI pressure rating and a working temperature range of -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C). Solid brass connectors resist corrosion and leaks at the faucet and nozzle ends. The materials are lead-free and BPA-free, making the hose safe for drinking water applications. Available in four lengths: 25 ft (YYGG005, ~1,500 g), 50 ft (YYGG007, ~2,960 g), 75 ft (YYGG008, ~4,420 g), and 100 ft (YYGG008, ~5,900 g).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEqually suited for garden watering, lawn irrigation, car and equipment washing, drip system connections, and general outdoor cleaning — the kink-resistant construction and all-weather flexibility make this a single hose that handles year-round outdoor tasks without seasonal storage concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Compatible with standard 3\/4\" garden hose fittings — works with outdoor faucets, hose-end timers, drip irrigation manifolds, and sprinkler attachments. Drinking water safe (lead-free, BPA-free).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This 5\/8 in. All-Weather Garden Hose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e☀️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtreme Temperature Range −40°F to 140°F:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remains flexible in summer heat and winter cold — no cracking, stiffening, or surface degradation across the full seasonal range.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧵\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Layer Hybrid Polymer with Polyester Mesh:\u003c\/strong\u003e The reinforced construction resists kinking when bent around corners or coiled for storage, while keeping the hose approximately 30% lighter than standard rubber alternatives.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔒\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Connectors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-resistant brass fittings maintain a leak-free seal at the faucet and nozzle ends, rated to 150 PSI — well above standard residential water pressure.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrinking Water Safe Materials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lead-free and BPA-free construction makes this hose suitable for filling pet water bowls, livestock troughs, and potable water applications in addition to garden use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFour Length Options (25–100 FT):\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the length that matches your yard — 25 ft for compact gardens, up to 100 ft for large lawns, driveways, or properties where a single hose needs to reach across the full outdoor space.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIrrigation System Ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The standard 3\/4\" fitting connects directly to drip irrigation manifolds, raised bed watering systems, automatic timers, and sprinkler attachments without adapters.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden \u0026amp; Lawn Waterers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lightweight construction reduces arm fatigue during longer watering sessions, and the kink-resistant design means you can move freely around raised beds and garden rows without stopping to straighten the hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🚗\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCar \u0026amp; Equipment Washers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 150 PSI rating and solid brass fittings deliver consistent pressure for rinsing vehicles, boats, outdoor furniture, and garden tools — the 50 ft and 75 ft options cover most driveways without needing an extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrip \u0026amp; Timer Irrigation Users\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eConnect directly to a hose-end timer or drip manifold for automated watering schedules — the standard 3\/4\" fitting is compatible with most irrigation accessories and quick-connect systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🐾\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePet \u0026amp; Livestock Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lead-free, BPA-free materials make this hose safe for filling pet water bowls, stock tanks, and poultry waterers — a practical consideration for homesteads and backyard animal keepers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 ft (YYGG005) \/ 50 ft (YYGG007) \/ 75 ft (YYGG008) \/ 100 ft (YYGG008)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/8\" standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-layer hybrid polymer core with polyester mesh reinforcement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax Pressure Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnector Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid brass; standard 3\/4\" garden hose thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrinking Water Safe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — lead-free, BPA-free materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1,500 g (25 ft) \/ ~2,960 g (50 ft) \/ ~4,420 g (75 ft) \/ ~5,900 g (100 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden watering, lawn irrigation, car washing, drip systems, livestock watering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat lengths are available and how do I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hose is available in 25 ft, 50 ft, 75 ft, and 100 ft. For most backyard gardens and raised beds, 25–50 ft is sufficient. The 75 ft and 100 ft options are suited for larger properties, long driveways, or situations where you need to reach across the full outdoor space without connecting two hoses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this hose safe for drinking water or filling pet bowls?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hose is made from lead-free, BPA-free materials, making it suitable for potable water applications including filling pet water bowls, livestock troughs, and stock tanks. Always flush the hose before first use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill this hose stay flexible in cold weather?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 3-layer hybrid polymer construction is rated to -40°F (-40°C), which means it remains flexible in freezing conditions where standard rubber hoses stiffen or crack. For extended winter storage, draining and coiling the hose indoors is still recommended to maximize longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the hose kink when bent around corners or coiled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe polyester mesh reinforcement and hybrid polymer core are specifically designed to resist kinking under normal use. The hose maintains its shape when routed around garden beds, furniture, and corners without locking up or collapsing the inner diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum water pressure this hose handles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hose is rated to 150 PSI, which exceeds standard residential water pressure (typically 40–80 PSI). The solid brass connectors are designed to maintain a leak-free seal at normal household pressure without cracking or dripping at the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this hose compatible with drip irrigation timers and manifolds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hose uses a standard 3\/4\" garden hose thread, which is compatible with most hose-end timers, drip irrigation manifolds, quick-connect systems, and sprinkler attachments available at hardware stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does this hose compare in weight to a standard rubber hose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hybrid polymer construction makes this hose approximately 30% lighter than conventional rubber hoses of the same diameter and length. This reduces arm fatigue during extended watering sessions and makes coiling and storage easier, particularly for the longer 75 ft and 100 ft options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this hose for washing cars or outdoor equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 150 PSI rating and solid brass fittings deliver consistent pressure suitable for rinsing vehicles, boats, outdoor furniture, and garden tools. Pair with a spray nozzle (sold separately) for adjustable pressure control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your length above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Garden Hose 5\/8 in. x 25 ft","offer_id":51474089148690,"sku":"YYGG005","price":63.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Garden Hose 5\/8 in. x 50 ft","offer_id":51474092032274,"sku":"YYGG007","price":123.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Garden Hose 5\/8 in. x 75 ft","offer_id":51474094194962,"sku":"YYGG008","price":175.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Garden Hose 5\/8 in. x 100 ft","offer_id":51474099667218,"sku":"YYGG008","price":244.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/SKU-14-SwivelGrip5ft.jpg?v=1762200991"},{"product_id":"non-expanding-garden-hose-10-function-nozzle-kink-free-25-50ft","title":"Non-Expanding Garden Hose with 10-Function Nozzle, Kink-Free, 25 or 50 FT","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNon-Expanding Garden Hose with 10-Function Nozzle — Kink-Free Watering for Every Outdoor Task\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hose that kinks mid-watering, collapses under pressure, or leaks at the connector is more frustration than tool. This non-expanding garden hose is built to stay exactly where you put it — no expanding, no shrinking, no kinking — so you can water your garden, wash the car, or rinse the patio without stopping to untangle the line every few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hose features a 3-layer latex core wrapped in a polyester fabric cover, measuring 5\/8\" in diameter and rated to 150 PSI. It comes with a 10-function spray nozzle that covers everything from a fine mist for seedlings to a concentrated jet for rinsing hard surfaces. Available in 25 ft (YYGG009, ~1,200 g) and 50 ft (YYGG010, ~2,300 g) lengths, with reinforced connectors and an ergonomic thumb-control grip for one-handed operation. The kit also includes a storage bag and extra washers for a leak-free connection out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEqually at home in a raised vegetable bed, a container garden on the patio, a drip irrigation setup, or a driveway wash-down — the 10 spray patterns and kink-free construction make this a single hose that handles the full range of outdoor watering and cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Compatible with standard 3\/4\" garden hose fittings and most outdoor faucets, hose timers, and drip irrigation manifolds. Works with automatic timer systems and raised bed watering setups.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This Non-Expanding Garden Hose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10-Function Spray Nozzle Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Covers shower, jet, cone, flat, mist, and more — one nozzle handles gentle seedling watering, car washing, patio rinsing, and everything in between.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧵\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Layer Latex Core Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The inner latex core is reinforced with a woven polyester fabric cover, giving the hose flexibility without the collapse or kinking common in single-layer hoses.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔒\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKink-Free Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The non-expanding structure holds its shape under pressure and doesn’t tangle when coiled — no stopping mid-task to straighten the line.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e150 PSI Rated with Reinforced Connectors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leak-resistant brass-style connectors handle standard residential water pressure without cracking or dripping at the joint.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e☀️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-Resistant \u0026amp; Weather-Rated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated for use between 41°F and 113°F (5°C–45°C) with UV-protected materials that resist fading and surface degradation through extended outdoor exposure.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Thumb-Control Grip:\u003c\/strong\u003e One-handed spray pattern adjustment lets you switch between functions without putting the hose down — reduces hand fatigue during longer watering sessions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-expanding garden hose (25 ft or 50 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10-function spray nozzle × 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage bag × 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra washers (for leak-free connection)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVegetable \u0026amp; Flower Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch to the mist or shower setting for delicate seedlings and established beds — the 25 ft length covers most backyard garden plots without dragging excess hose across the yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🚗\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCar \u0026amp; Outdoor Equipment Washers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe jet and flat spray patterns deliver enough pressure to rinse mud off vehicles, outdoor furniture, and garden tools — the 50 ft option reaches across a full driveway without an extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrip \u0026amp; Timer Irrigation Users\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eConnect directly to a hose-end timer or drip manifold for automated watering — the standard 3\/4\" fitting is compatible with most irrigation accessories without adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatio \u0026amp; Deck Cleaners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the cone or jet setting to clear debris from patios, walkways, and decks — the kink-free design means you can move around corners and furniture without the hose locking up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 ft (YYGG009) \/ 50 ft (YYGG010)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/8\" standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-layer latex core with polyester fabric cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax Pressure Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41°F–113°F (5°C–45°C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnector Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 3\/4\" garden hose thread; reinforced connectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNozzle Functions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 patterns (shower, jet, cone, flat, mist, and more)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1,200 g (25 ft) \/ ~2,300 g (50 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-function nozzle, storage bag, extra washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUV Resistance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — rated for extended outdoor exposure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the 25 ft and 50 ft options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth hoses share the same construction, nozzle, and pressure rating. The 25 ft version (YYGG009, ~1,200 g) is suited for smaller yards and raised beds, while the 50 ft version (YYGG010, ~2,300 g) covers larger gardens, driveways, and areas where a longer reach is needed without connecting two hoses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this hose expand when water pressure is applied?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a non-expanding hose — it maintains its diameter and length whether the water is on or off. Unlike expandable hoses, it does not shrink when drained or swell under pressure, which contributes to its kink-free performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat spray patterns does the nozzle include?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 10-function nozzle includes shower, jet, cone, flat, mist, and additional patterns suitable for a range of tasks from gentle plant watering to high-pressure surface rinsing. The thumb-control grip allows one-handed pattern switching.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this hose compatible with a drip timer or irrigation manifold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hose uses a standard 3\/4\" garden hose thread, which is compatible with most hose-end timers, drip irrigation manifolds, and quick-connect systems available at hardware stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum water pressure this hose can handle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hose is rated to 150 PSI, which exceeds standard residential water pressure (typically 40–80 PSI). The reinforced connectors are designed to maintain a leak-free seal at normal household pressure levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I leave this hose outdoors year-round?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hose is UV-resistant and rated for temperatures between 41°F and 113°F (5°C–45°C). For cold climates, we recommend draining and storing the hose indoors when temperatures drop below freezing to prevent damage to the latex core and connectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the hose kink when coiled or bent around corners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe non-expanding, 3-layer construction is specifically designed to resist kinking. The hose maintains its shape when coiled for storage and does not lock up when routed around garden beds, furniture, or corners under normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included with the hose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach kit includes the garden hose, a 10-function spray nozzle, a storage bag, and extra washers for a leak-free connection at the faucet and nozzle ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your length above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Garden Hose 25 FT","offer_id":51474144297234,"sku":"YYGG009","price":62.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Garden Hose 50 FT","offer_id":51474154488082,"sku":"YYGG010","price":88.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/25ft25.0-01.jpg?v=1762200991"},{"product_id":"1-4-inch-mist-irrigation-kit-adjustable-spray-heads-garden-greenhouse","title":"1\/4-Inch Mist Irrigation Kit with Adjustable Spray Heads for Garden, Greenhouse \u0026 Raised Beds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003e1\/4-Inch Mist Irrigation Kit — Precise, Gentle Watering for Gardens and Greenhouses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eHand-watering every plant in your garden or greenhouse is time-consuming, and overhead sprinklers often waste water or miss the spots that need it most. This 1\/4-inch mist irrigation kit solves both problems — delivering a fine, rain-like mist directly to each plant through individually adjustable spray heads, so every drop goes exactly where it’s needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe kit uses 7 mm OD \/ 4 mm ID flexible PE tubing paired with 360° atomizing spray heads that cover a diameter of approximately 30 cm (~12 in) per nozzle at a flow rate of around 8 L\/hour. Each spray head can be turned off independently, giving you precise control over which plants get water without adding extra valves. Available in eight configurations from 5 m + 5 heads up to 25 m + 30 heads, so you can match the kit exactly to your garden layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWorks equally well for vegetable gardens, flower beds, potted plant collections, greenhouse benches, poultry enclosures, and outdoor cooling setups during hot weather — a single versatile system that handles multiple watering tasks around the yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n  \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e\n  Compatible with standard 1\/4-inch barbed fittings and most garden hose adapters — works with raised beds, in-ground gardens, greenhouses, and potted plant setups. Recommended 10–15 spray heads per line under normal household water pressure.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This 1\/4-Inch Mist Irrigation Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFine Mist Spray Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each nozzle produces a gentle, rain-like mist that covers a 30 cm (~12 in) diameter — ideal for delicate seedlings, herbs, and moisture-sensitive plants.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndividually Adjustable Spray Heads:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every nozzle can be turned on or off independently, letting you customize water distribution across your garden without extra valves or fittings.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEight Kit Size Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose from 5 m + 5 heads up to 25 m + 30 heads — flexible configurations let you cover a small patio planter or a full greenhouse bench with one order.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient 8 L\/Hour Flow Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delivers consistent moisture at a controlled rate, reducing water waste while keeping soil evenly hydrated between watering cycles.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧵\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible 7 mm OD PE Tubing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and kink-resistant, the 1\/4-inch tubing routes easily around raised beds, pots, and greenhouse shelving without tools or clamps.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e☀️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Purpose Outdoor Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beyond plant watering, the fine mist is effective for dust suppression, outdoor cooling on hot days, and humidity control in poultry enclosures.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTubing Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpray Heads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOption 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOption 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOption 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOption 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOption 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOption 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOption 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOption 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eConnectors \u0026amp; Fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eVegetable \u0026amp; Herb Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eRoute tubing along raised bed rows and position a nozzle at each plant for consistent, targeted moisture — no more uneven watering or wilted seedlings between visits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eGreenhouse Growers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eMaintain stable humidity and soil moisture across greenhouse benches with a fixed mist grid — especially effective for propagation trays, orchids, and tropical plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan\u003e🌺\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eFlower Bed \u0026amp; Patio Plant Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eKeep flower borders and container collections hydrated during summer heat without daily hand-watering — connect to a timer for fully automated care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan\u003e🐔\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003ePoultry \u0026amp; Small Animal Keepers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eUse the fine mist for cooling and dust suppression in poultry runs or small animal enclosures — a practical secondary use that makes the kit earn its keep year-round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTubing Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm OD \/ 4 mm ID (1\/4-inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpray Coverage per Nozzle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 30 cm (~12 in) diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow Rate per Nozzle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 8 L\/hour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Kit Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m, 25 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpray Head Quantities\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 pcs (varies by kit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Heads per Line\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–15 spray heads under normal water pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpray Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine atomizing mist; individually adjustable on\/off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePE tubing; PP spray head body\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGardens, greenhouses, flower beds, potted plants, poultry enclosures, outdoor cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free barbed push-fit connectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow many spray heads can I run on one line?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnder normal household water pressure, we recommend running 10–15 spray heads per line for consistent mist output. Running more heads than this may reduce pressure at the end of the line and result in uneven coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I turn off individual spray heads without shutting down the whole system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Each spray head has an individual on\/off adjustment, so you can disable nozzles over plants that don’t need water without affecting the rest of the line — no extra valves required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat water pressure does this system require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit works with standard household water pressure, typically 15–80 PSI. For best mist quality, a pressure of 20–60 PSI is generally ideal. Very high pressure may cause excessive flow; a pressure regulator can be added if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I connect this kit to a drip timer for automated watering?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The inlet connects to a standard garden hose via a 1\/4-inch adapter (included or available separately). Most hose-end timers are compatible, allowing you to set automated watering schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I cut the tubing to a custom length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The PE tubing can be cut with scissors or a utility knife. Use a barbed end cap to seal the cut end and maintain pressure in the line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this kit suitable for greenhouse use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fine mist is well-suited for greenhouse environments where humidity control and gentle watering are important. Position nozzles above propagation trays or along plant benches for even coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill the spray heads clog over time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eFine mist nozzles can clog if your water contains sediment or mineral deposits. Installing an inline filter at the water source helps prevent this. Nozzles can be removed and soaked in diluted vinegar to clear mineral buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this system for outdoor cooling or dust suppression?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fine atomizing mist is effective for cooling outdoor seating areas, patios, and poultry enclosures during hot weather, as well as suppressing dust on construction sites or unpaved areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your kit size above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"5 m + 5 Pcs Spray Heads","offer_id":51478263496978,"sku":"YYGG011","price":36.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 m + 10 Pcs Spray Heads","offer_id":51478302851346,"sku":"YYGG012","price":45.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15 m + 15 Pcs Spray Heads","offer_id":51478319825170,"sku":"YYGG013","price":55.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15 m + 20 Pcs Spray Heads","offer_id":51478324085010,"sku":"YYGG014","price":57.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 m + 20 Pcs Spray Heads","offer_id":51478328705298,"sku":"YYGG015","price":65.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 m + 25 Pcs Spray Heads","offer_id":51478342172946,"sku":"YYGG016","price":67.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 m + 25 Pcs Spray Heads","offer_id":51478348005650,"sku":"YYGG017","price":90.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 m + 30 Pcs Spray Heads","offer_id":51478349185298,"sku":"YYGG018","price":92.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/02_3afe696a-e0e8-43f4-bcdc-cc30aace4914.jpg?v=1762200992"},{"product_id":"360-garden-drip-irrigation-system-kit-adjustable-nozzles","title":"360° Garden Drip Irrigation System Kit with Adjustable Nozzles for Raised Beds, Lawn \u0026 Greenhouse","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e360° Garden Drip Irrigation System — Effortless Watering for Every Outdoor Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTired of dragging hoses across your yard or watching plants wilt between waterings? Whether you're tending a compact raised bed or managing a sprawling greenhouse, inconsistent watering is one of the biggest frustrations for home gardeners. This 360° curved drip irrigation kit puts an end to that — delivering steady, targeted moisture exactly where your plants need it, without the guesswork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit includes UV-resistant 9\/12mm PE tubing and 360° rotating curved nozzles (approximately 20 cm \/ ~8 in tall) that distribute water in a full circle around each plant. Available in six configurations from 10 m (~33 ft) up to 50 m (~164 ft), with matching nozzle sets ranging from 5 to 50 pieces, so you can cover a small herb garden or a full-scale vegetable plot with a single order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for raised garden beds, greenhouse rows, lawn borders, flower beds, and container gardens — this system connects directly to a standard garden hose or drip timer, making it a true set-it-and-forget-it watering solution for DIY gardeners and weekend landscapers alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Compatible with standard 3\/4\" garden hose fittings and most drip irrigation timers — works with raised beds, in-ground gardens, greenhouses, and container setups.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This 360° Garden Drip Irrigation System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull 360° Rotating Nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each curved nozzle rotates a full circle, delivering even water distribution around individual plants — no dry spots, no overwatered patches.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScalable Kit Sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose from 10 m to 50 m of 9\/12 PE tubing with 5 to 50 nozzle sets — scale your irrigation to match your exact garden footprint.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater-Efficient Drip Delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Targeted drip delivery reduces water waste compared to overhead sprinklers, keeping moisture at root level where it matters most.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Free DIY Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Push-fit connectors and flexible tubing make setup straightforward — no special tools or plumbing experience required.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e☀️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-Resistant PE Tubing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 9\/12 mm polyethylene tubing is rated for outdoor use and resists degradation from prolonged sun exposure, season after season.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⏱️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimer-Ready Connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects directly to a standard garden hose or drip timer for fully automated watering schedules — ideal for vacations or busy schedules.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComponent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e10m \/ 5 Nozzles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e10m \/ 10 Nozzles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e20m \/ 20 Nozzles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e30m \/ 30 Nozzles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e40m \/ 40 Nozzles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e50m \/ 50 Nozzles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\/12 PE Tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° Curved Nozzle Sets (20 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 sets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 sets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 sets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 sets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 sets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 sets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnectors \u0026amp; Fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"6\"\u003eIncluded (quantity varies by kit size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRaised Bed Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRun tubing along the length of your raised beds and position nozzles between plant rows for consistent, hands-free watering without disturbing soil or roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eGreenhouse Growers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep humidity and moisture levels stable inside your greenhouse with a fixed drip grid — perfect for seedlings, tomatoes, peppers, and other moisture-sensitive crops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌺\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLawn \u0026amp; Flower Bed Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLay tubing along flower borders or lawn edges to maintain even soil moisture during dry spells — connect to a timer and let the system handle daily watering automatically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧑🌾\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWeekend DIY Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo irrigation experience needed. The push-fit system goes together in minutes, making it a satisfying weekend project that pays off every single day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTubing Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\/12 mm PE (polyethylene)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNozzle Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 20 cm (~8 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNozzle Coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° rotating spray pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Tube Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 m, 20 m, 30 m, 40 m, 50 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNozzle Quantities\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 sets (matched to tube length)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInlet Connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 3\/4\" garden hose fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Water Pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 15–80 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-resistant polyethylene tubing; PP nozzle body\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaised beds, greenhouses, lawns, flower beds, container gardens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free push-fit connectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size kit should I choose for my garden?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the tube length to the total run of your garden rows. For a typical 10 m raised bed with plants every 1–2 m, the 10 m \/ 10-nozzle kit works well. For larger plots or greenhouse rows, the 20 m–50 m kits provide full coverage without splicing multiple hoses together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this system work with a drip timer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The inlet uses a standard 3\/4\" garden hose thread, which is compatible with most drip timers and hose-end timers available at hardware stores. Simply attach the timer between your outdoor faucet and the irrigation inlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut the tubing to a shorter length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 9\/12 PE tubing can be cut with standard scissors or a utility knife. Use the included end cap or a compatible barbed end plug to seal the cut end and maintain system pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow far apart should I space the nozzles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacing depends on your plant layout, but generally every 30–60 cm (12–24 in) works well for most vegetable and flower gardens. Each 360° nozzle typically covers a radius of approximately 20–40 cm depending on water pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the tubing safe to use in a vegetable garden?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tubing is made from polyethylene (PE), which is widely used in food-contact and agricultural irrigation applications. It does not contain BPA or PVC plasticizers. For edible crops, ensure your water source is clean and potable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I connect multiple kits together for a larger area?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Kits can be daisy-chained using standard barbed connectors. However, for runs longer than 50 m, we recommend ensuring your water pressure is at the higher end of the recommended range to maintain consistent nozzle performance throughout the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the nozzles clog over time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClogging can occur if your water supply contains sediment or mineral deposits. To minimize this, install an inline filter at the hose connection point and periodically flush the system by running it without the nozzle caps. Nozzles can also be removed and rinsed individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this system suitable for use in cold climates or winter storage?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePE tubing is generally flexible down to moderate cold temperatures, but we recommend draining and storing the system indoors when temperatures drop below freezing to prevent cracking or joint damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your kit size above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"10 m 912 Tube + 5 Sets of 20cm nozzle Set","offer_id":51479035969810,"sku":"YYGG019","price":29.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 m 912 Tube + 10 Sets of 20cm nozzleset","offer_id":51479282385170,"sku":"YYGG020","price":34.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 m 912 Tube + 20 Sets of 20cm nozzleset","offer_id":51479296868626,"sku":"YYGG021","price":54.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 m 912 Tube + 30 Sets of 20cm nozzleset","offer_id":51479285170450,"sku":"YYGG022","price":74.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 m 912 Tube + 40 Sets of 20cm nozzleset","offer_id":51479305552146,"sku":"YYGG023","price":94.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 m 912 Tube + 50 Sets of 20cm nozzleset","offer_id":51479309320466,"sku":"YYGG024","price":129.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/06_c76e62ce-605a-44b0-9af4-d6b701aa7f6c.jpg?v=1752695849"},{"product_id":"complete-drip-irrigation-kit-adjustable-emitters-garden-raised-beds","title":"Complete Drip Irrigation Kit with Adjustable Emitters for Garden \u0026 Raised Beds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Drip Irrigation Kit — Root-Level Watering for Gardens, Raised Beds \u0026amp; Containers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverhead watering wastes water through evaporation and can promote leaf disease by keeping foliage wet. This complete drip irrigation kit solves both problems by delivering water directly to the root zone of each plant through individually adjustable emitters — so your vegetables, flowers, and container plants get exactly the moisture they need, right where it counts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes 50 ft of premium drip tubing (1\/4\" laterals with 1\/2\" mainline), 20 adjustable drip emitters (0.5–2 GPH each), 15 connectors, 10 stakes, a pressure regulator, and a filter system — everything required for a complete installation in around 30 minutes. The pressure regulator keeps the system running efficiently between 15–50 PSI, protecting emitters from high-pressure damage and ensuring consistent flow across the entire line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovers up to 100 sq. ft. per setup, making it ideal for raised vegetable beds, in-ground garden rows, container plant collections, and flower borders where targeted, water-efficient irrigation makes a measurable difference in plant health and water bills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Compatible with standard 3\/4\" garden hose fittings and most hose-end timers — works with raised beds, in-ground gardens, containers, and flower beds. Includes pressure regulator for use with standard household water pressure.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This Complete Drip Irrigation Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable 0.5–2 GPH Drip Emitters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each of the 20 emitters can be individually tuned to deliver the exact flow rate each plant needs — from moisture-loving tomatoes to drought-tolerant herbs.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePressure Regulator \u0026amp; Filter Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in pressure regulator maintains 15–50 PSI for consistent emitter performance, while the filter prevents clogging from sediment in your water supply.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e50 Ft of Dual-Diameter Tubing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes both 1\/2\" mainline and 1\/4\" lateral tubing, giving you the flexibility to route water across larger garden areas and branch off to individual plants.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⏱️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30-Minute DIY Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e All connectors, stakes, and fittings are included — no special tools or plumbing experience required. The complete kit goes from box to garden in about half an hour.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoot-Zone Water Delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drip irrigation delivers water directly to the soil at root level, reducing evaporation by up to 30–50% compared to overhead sprinklers and helping prevent foliar disease.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e☀️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-Resistant Polyethylene Tubing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The tubing is rated for outdoor use and resists degradation from prolonged sun exposure, maintaining flexibility and flow integrity season after season.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Drip irrigation kit components overview\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-05_8148638c-c277-41a5-a050-f33e0ff416be.jpg?v=1752658968\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComponent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium drip tubing (1\/2\" mainline + 1\/4\" laterals)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 ft total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable drip emitters (0.5–2 GPH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnectors \u0026amp; fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGround stakes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressure regulator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🍅\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVegetable Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoute mainline along raised bed rows and insert emitters at each plant base for consistent root-zone moisture — ideal for tomatoes, peppers, cucumbers, and other heavy feeders that benefit from steady, even watering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Bed Growers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 50 ft tubing run covers a full raised bed layout with room to branch off to multiple beds — set up once and connect to a timer for hands-free daily watering without moving hoses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌺\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContainer \u0026amp; Patio Plant Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun 1\/4\" laterals to individual pots and containers on a patio or deck — each emitter adjusts independently so moisture-sensitive plants and drought-tolerant ones can share the same line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌸\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Bed Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep flower borders consistently hydrated during summer heat without daily hand-watering — the low-flow emitters deliver moisture slowly enough to prevent runoff on sloped or compacted soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage Area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 100 sq. ft. per setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTubing Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2\" mainline + 1\/4\" laterals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmitter Flow Rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5–2 GPH (adjustable per emitter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–50 PSI (pressure regulator included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTubing Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 ft total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmitters Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 pcs (individually adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-resistant polyethylene tubing; PP fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 g (~4.4 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free; complete in approximately 30 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaised beds, vegetable gardens, containers, flower beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Drip irrigation system in use\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-02_53cfa817-d2c7-4786-b3f7-bf68e2b4be4c.jpg?v=1752658968\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large an area does this kit cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit covers up to 100 sq. ft. per setup using the included 50 ft of tubing and 20 emitters. For larger areas, additional tubing and emitters can be added using standard 1\/4\" and 1\/2\" barbed fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the kit include a pressure regulator?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A pressure regulator is included and pre-set to maintain 15–50 PSI, which is the optimal range for drip emitter performance. This protects the emitters from high household water pressure that could cause uneven flow or leaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I connect this kit to a drip timer for automated watering?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit connects to a standard 3\/4\" garden hose fitting, which is compatible with most hose-end timers. Attach the timer between your outdoor faucet and the mainline inlet for fully automated watering schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do I adjust the flow rate on each emitter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach emitter has an individual adjustment dial that controls flow between 0.5 and 2 GPH. Turn the dial to increase or decrease flow — no tools required. This lets you customize moisture delivery for each plant on the same line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill the emitters clog over time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included filter system helps prevent sediment from reaching the emitters. For areas with hard water or high mineral content, periodic flushing of the mainline and soaking emitters in diluted vinegar will help clear any buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I expand the system beyond the included components?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit uses standard 1\/4\" and 1\/2\" barbed fittings, so you can add more tubing, emitters, and connectors from any hardware store to extend coverage to additional garden beds or containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this kit suitable for container plants on a patio?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Run the 1\/4\" lateral tubing to individual pots and insert an emitter at each container. Each emitter adjusts independently, so you can set different flow rates for plants with different water needs on the same line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost installations take approximately 30 minutes. All connectors, stakes, and fittings are included — no special tools or plumbing experience required. The kit is designed for straightforward DIY setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Add to cart above and start watering smarter today.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51484579397906,"sku":"YYGG0019","price":96.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/81qS_0iTxTL._SL1500.jpg?v=1762201006"},{"product_id":"360-rotating-garden-sprinkler-large-lawn-yard-coverage","title":"360° Rotating Garden Sprinkler for Large Lawn \u0026 Yard Coverage","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e360° Rotating Garden Sprinkler — Consistent, Wide-Area Watering for Lawns and Yards\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUneven watering leaves dry patches in one corner and waterlogged soil in another — a frustrating cycle that wastes water and stresses your lawn. This 360° rotating garden sprinkler eliminates that problem by distributing water evenly across large areas in a smooth, continuous arc, so every part of your yard gets the moisture it needs without constant repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from UV-resistant ABS plastic with brass fittings, the sprinkler connects to any standard 3\/4\" garden hose in seconds — no tools, no complicated assembly. The spray pattern is fully adjustable, letting you dial in full 360° rotation or a custom arc to match the exact shape of your lawn, garden bed, or newly seeded area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovers up to 3,500 sq. ft. per placement with a flow rate of 2.5–5 GPM, making it equally effective for large residential lawns, vegetable gardens, flower beds, and commercial landscaping applications where reliable, hands-free watering is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Compatible with standard 3\/4\" garden hose threads — works with most outdoor faucets, hose timers, and drip irrigation manifolds right out of the box.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This 360° Rotating Garden Sprinkler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull 360° Rotation or Adjustable Arc:\u003c\/strong\u003e Switch between full-circle coverage and a custom spray arc to match your yard’s shape — no wasted water on driveways or fences.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 3,500 Sq. Ft. Coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide-reach spray pattern handles large residential lawns and garden areas in a single placement, reducing the need to move the sprinkler mid-session.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e☀️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-Resistant ABS Body with Brass Fittings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered for outdoor durability — resists cracking, fading, and corrosion through seasons of sun exposure and regular use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Tool Hose Connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Threads directly onto any standard 3\/4\" garden hose in seconds — no adapters, clamps, or plumbing knowledge required.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater-Efficient 2.5–5 GPM Flow Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delivers enough volume for thorough lawn coverage while keeping water use controlled — compatible with most residential water pressure ranges.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⏱️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTimer-Ready Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects directly to hose-end timers for automated watering schedules — set it before you leave and come back to a fully watered yard.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Lawn Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eCover up to 3,500 sq. ft. per placement with consistent, rotating coverage — ideal for front and back yards that are too large for stationary sprinklers to handle effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVegetable \u0026amp; Garden Bed Growers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdjust the arc to focus spray on garden rows without soaking surrounding paths or structures — gentle rotation keeps soil evenly moist without compacting the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌺\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNewly Seeded Lawn Areas\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fine, even spray pattern is gentle enough for freshly seeded or sodded areas where heavy water impact would displace seeds or damage new root systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌳\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Landscapers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eDurable brass fittings and UV-resistant construction hold up to daily professional use across multiple job sites — a reliable workhorse for maintaining large commercial green spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage Area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 sq. ft. per placement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° full circle or adjustable arc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow Rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5–5 GPM (gallons per minute)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose Connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 3\/4\" garden hose thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-resistant ABS plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFittings Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 g (~10.6 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free hose thread connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLawns, vegetable gardens, flower beds, newly seeded areas, commercial landscaping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat area does this sprinkler cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sprinkler covers up to 3,500 sq. ft. per placement under typical residential water pressure. Actual coverage may vary depending on your water pressure and the spray arc setting selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work with a hose timer for automated watering?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 3\/4\" hose thread connection is compatible with most hose-end timers available at hardware stores. Simply attach the timer between your outdoor faucet and the sprinkler hose for fully automated watering schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust the spray arc to avoid watering my driveway or fence?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The sprinkler supports both full 360° rotation and a custom adjustable arc, so you can limit the spray to only the areas that need water and avoid wasting water on hard surfaces or structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat water pressure does this sprinkler require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sprinkler is designed for standard residential water pressure, typically 30–80 PSI. At lower pressure, coverage area and rotation speed may be reduced. A flow rate of 2.5–5 GPM is typical under normal conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this sprinkler suitable for newly seeded lawns?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The rotating spray pattern delivers a gentle, even distribution of water that is suitable for newly seeded or sodded areas. Avoid running at maximum pressure on very fresh seed to prevent displacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do I connect the sprinkler to my garden hose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eSimply thread the sprinkler’s 3\/4\" inlet directly onto your garden hose — no tools or adapters needed. Hand-tighten until snug, then turn on the water. The connection is compatible with all standard US garden hose fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill the sprinkler hold up outdoors year-round?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ABS body is UV-resistant and designed for outdoor use. For cold climates, we recommend draining and storing the sprinkler indoors during winter to prevent damage from freezing temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use multiple sprinklers on the same water line?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can connect multiple sprinklers using a hose splitter, but doing so will reduce water pressure and coverage at each unit. For best performance, we recommend running one sprinkler per hose line or using a dedicated manifold with separate pressure zones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Add to cart above and start watering smarter today.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51484729049362,"sku":"YYGG0027","price":38.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Blue-01.jpg?v=1762201007"},{"product_id":"through-hole-beading-round-ball-3mm-60mm","title":"Through Hole Beading Round Balls Unthreaded Stainless Steel Balls Dia 3mm - 60mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e⚙️ Through Hole Beading Round Stainless Steel Ball - Dia 3mm to 60mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🌟 Key Features of Stainless Steel Ball\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Quality Material\u003c\/strong\u003e - Made from durable stainless steel with excellent strength and corrosion resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolished Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e - Smooth and bright finish for decorative and functional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e - Available in diameters ranging from Ø3mm to Ø60mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Usage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for DIY bead bracelets, teaching experiments, mechanical parts, hardware accessories, and decorative projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed in plastic bags or carton boxes for safe delivery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"spec-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📐 Stainless Steel Ball Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable cellpadding=\"6\" cellspacing=\"0\" border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Treatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnthreaded Round Ball\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ3mm - Ø60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDecoration, DIY jewelry, teaching experiments, mechanical accessories, hardware projects\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePacking\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic bag \/ Carton box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"application-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🔧 Application Areas of Stainless Steel Ball\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY bead bracelets \u0026amp; jewelry projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeaching experiments \u0026amp; science kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical components \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and industrial fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative crafts and home projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e❓ Stainless Steel Ball FAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ1: What sizes of Stainless Steel Ball are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA1: They range from Ø3mm to Ø60mm, suitable for both small crafts and industrial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ2: Are these Stainless Steel Balls rust-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA2: Yes ✅. They are made from polished stainless steel with strong corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ3: Can these Stainless Steel Balls be used for DIY jewelry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA3: Absolutely! They are widely used in bead bracelets, decorations, and craft projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ4: How are the Stainless Steel Balls packaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA4: They are safely packed in plastic bags or carton boxes, depending on your selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"3mm \/ 1.1mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960237330,"sku":"JSSYX0448x5","price":2.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4mm \/ 1.1mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960270098,"sku":"JSSYX0449x5","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4mm \/ 2mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960302866,"sku":"JSSYX0450x5","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5mm \/ 1.5mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960335634,"sku":"JSSYX0451x5","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5mm \/ 2mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960368402,"sku":"JSSYX0452x5","price":2.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960401170,"sku":"JSSYX0453x5","price":2.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6mm \/ 1.5mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960433938,"sku":"JSSYX0454x5","price":2.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6mm \/ 2mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960466706,"sku":"JSSYX0455x5","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960499474,"sku":"JSSYX0456x5","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7mm \/ 2mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960532242,"sku":"JSSYX0457x5","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960565010,"sku":"JSSYX0458x5","price":2.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8mm \/ 2mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960597778,"sku":"JSSYX0459x5","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960630546,"sku":"JSSYX0460x5","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8mm \/ 4mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960663314,"sku":"JSSYX0461x5","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9mm \/ 2mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960696082,"sku":"JSSYX0462x5","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960728850,"sku":"JSSYX0463x5","price":2.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10mm \/ 2mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960761618,"sku":"JSSYX0464x5","price":2.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960794386,"sku":"JSSYX0465x5","price":2.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10mm \/ 4mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960827154,"sku":"JSSYX0466x5","price":2.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10mm \/ 5mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960859922,"sku":"JSSYX0467x5","price":2.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51653960892690,"sku":"JSSYX0468x5","price":2.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653960925458,"sku":"JSSYX0469x1","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653960958226,"sku":"JSSYX0470x1","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653960990994,"sku":"JSSYX0471x1","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961023762,"sku":"JSSYX0472x1","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12mm \/ 6mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961056530,"sku":"JSSYX0473x1","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12.7mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961089298,"sku":"JSSYX0474x1","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961122066,"sku":"JSSYX0475x1","price":2.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961154834,"sku":"JSSYX0476x1","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961187602,"sku":"JSSYX0477x1","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961220370,"sku":"JSSYX0478x1","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961253138,"sku":"JSSYX0479x1","price":2.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961285906,"sku":"JSSYX0480x1","price":2.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961318674,"sku":"JSSYX0481x1","price":2.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961351442,"sku":"JSSYX0482x1","price":2.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961384210,"sku":"JSSYX0483x1","price":2.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"17mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961416978,"sku":"JSSYX0484x1","price":2.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961449746,"sku":"JSSYX0485x1","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961482514,"sku":"JSSYX0486x1","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961515282,"sku":"JSSYX0487x1","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961548050,"sku":"JSSYX0488x1","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961580818,"sku":"JSSYX0489x1","price":2.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961613586,"sku":"JSSYX0490x1","price":2.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961646354,"sku":"JSSYX0491x1","price":2.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"22mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961679122,"sku":"JSSYX0492x1","price":2.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"22mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961711890,"sku":"JSSYX0493x1","price":3.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961744658,"sku":"JSSYX0494x1","price":3.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961777426,"sku":"JSSYX0495x1","price":4.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961810194,"sku":"JSSYX0496x1","price":4.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961842962,"sku":"JSSYX0497x1","price":4.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961875730,"sku":"JSSYX0498x1","price":4.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"28mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961908498,"sku":"JSSYX0499x1","price":4.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"28mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961941266,"sku":"JSSYX0500x1","price":5.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"28mm \/ 6mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653961974034,"sku":"JSSYX0501x1","price":5.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653962006802,"sku":"JSSYX0502x1","price":5.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653962039570,"sku":"JSSYX0503x1","price":8.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm \/ 6mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653962072338,"sku":"JSSYX0504x1","price":8.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"32mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653962105106,"sku":"JSSYX0505x1","price":8.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653962137874,"sku":"JSSYX0506x1","price":9.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653962170642,"sku":"JSSYX0507x1","price":12.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653962203410,"sku":"JSSYX0508x1","price":17.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653962236178,"sku":"JSSYX0509x1","price":24.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51653962268946,"sku":"JSSYX0510x1","price":31.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/10_e15cc1a8-8617-40f2-a3ec-ca17c946fe3a.jpg?v=1760001742"},{"product_id":"through-hole-beading-round-balls-3mm-60mm","title":"Through Hole Beading Round Balls Dia 3mm - 60mm Unthreaded Stainless Steel Balls","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eThrough Hole Beading Round Balls: Dia 3mm - 60mm Unthreaded Stainless Steel Balls 🛠️\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover our high-quality through-hole beading round balls, crafted from durable stainless steel and available in diameters ranging from 3mm to 60mm. These unthreaded beading balls are perfect for a wide range of projects, combining functionality with a polished finish to elevate your creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThrough Hole Beading Balls Specifications 📋\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"10\" style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel (corrosion-resistant and durable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Treatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished (smooth finish for easy beading)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural stainless steel tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnthreaded round balls with a through hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBall Diameter Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ3mm - Ø60mm (multiple sizes available)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommon Uses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDecorations, teaching experiments, mechanical accessories, hardware parts, DIY bead bracelets, jewelry making, and crafts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic bag or carton box (depending on quantity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage Includes 📦\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package will contain the quantity of through-hole beading round balls you select at checkout. All items are carefully packed to ensure they arrive in perfect condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About Through-Hole Beading Balls ❓\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq\" style=\"margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes stainless steel through-hole beading balls a good choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel is resistant to rust and corrosion, making these beading balls ideal for both indoor and outdoor projects. Their polished surface also ensures they won’t snag on threads or materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these unthreaded beading balls for jewelry making?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! These round beading balls with through holes are perfect for DIY bead bracelets, necklaces, and other jewelry projects. Their consistent size ensures a professional finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the right diameter for my project?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor delicate jewelry, 3mm-10mm sizes work best. Larger sizes (15mm-60mm) are great for hardware, decorations, or mechanical uses. Check your project’s requirements for hole size compatibility!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the shipping address flexible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship exclusively to the address provided in your Shopify order. Please double-check your address at checkout to avoid delivery delays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is your return policy for these beading balls?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you’re not satisfied, you can return the items within 7 days of receipt for a replacement or full refund. Please note that return shipping costs are the buyer’s responsibility, and items must be in their original condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment \u0026amp; Shipping 💳🚚\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"list-style-type: disc; margin: 10px 20px;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayment:\u003c\/strong\u003e We accept all major credit cards, Shopify Pay, and PayPal for secure, fast checkout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcessing Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orders are shipped within 2 business days after payment confirmation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tracked air mail for reliable delivery to your doorstep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Guarantee ✅\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our through-hole beading round balls. Each piece is inspected to meet high standards, ensuring you receive durable, consistent products. Buy with confidence for your DIY, craft, or industrial projects!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeedback 📝\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour feedback helps us improve! If you love your stainless steel beading balls, please leave a positive review. If you have any issues, contact us first—we’re committed to 100% customer satisfaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"4mm \/ 2mm（Half-hole） \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087606546,"sku":"JSSYX0447x10","price":3.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"3mm \/ 1.1mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087639314,"sku":"JSSYX0448x10","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4mm \/ 1.1mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087672082,"sku":"JSSYX0449x10","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4mm \/ 2mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087704850,"sku":"JSSYX0450x10","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5mm \/ 1.5mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087737618,"sku":"JSSYX0451x10","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5mm \/ 2mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087770386,"sku":"JSSYX0452x10","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5mm \/ 3mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087803154,"sku":"JSSYX0453x10","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6mm \/ 1.5mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087835922,"sku":"JSSYX0454x10","price":2.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6mm \/ 2mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087868690,"sku":"JSSYX0455x10","price":2.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6mm \/ 3mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087901458,"sku":"JSSYX0456x10","price":2.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7mm \/ 2mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087934226,"sku":"JSSYX0457x10","price":2.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7mm \/ 3mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087966994,"sku":"JSSYX0458x10","price":2.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8mm \/ 2mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654087999762,"sku":"JSSYX0459x10","price":2.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8mm \/ 3mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654088032530,"sku":"JSSYX0460x10","price":2.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8mm \/ 4mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654088065298,"sku":"JSSYX0461x10","price":2.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9mm \/ 2mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654088098066,"sku":"JSSYX0462x10","price":3.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9mm \/ 3mm \/ 10Pcs","offer_id":51654088130834,"sku":"JSSYX0463x10","price":3.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10mm \/ 2mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088163602,"sku":"JSSYX0464x5","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088196370,"sku":"JSSYX0465x5","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10mm \/ 4mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088229138,"sku":"JSSYX0466x5","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10mm \/ 5mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088261906,"sku":"JSSYX0467x5","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088294674,"sku":"JSSYX0468x5","price":2.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11mm \/ 4mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088327442,"sku":"JSSYX0469x5","price":2.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088360210,"sku":"JSSYX0470x5","price":2.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12mm \/ 4mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088392978,"sku":"JSSYX0471x5","price":3.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12mm \/ 5mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088425746,"sku":"JSSYX0472x5","price":3.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12mm \/ 6mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088458514,"sku":"JSSYX0473x5","price":3.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12.7mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088491282,"sku":"JSSYX0474x5","price":3.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14mm \/ 3mm \/ 5Pcs","offer_id":51654088524050,"sku":"JSSYX0475x5","price":4.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088556818,"sku":"JSSYX0476x1","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088589586,"sku":"JSSYX0477x1","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088622354,"sku":"JSSYX0478x1","price":2.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088655122,"sku":"JSSYX0479x1","price":2.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088687890,"sku":"JSSYX0480x1","price":2.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088720658,"sku":"JSSYX0481x1","price":2.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088753426,"sku":"JSSYX0482x1","price":2.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088786194,"sku":"JSSYX0483x1","price":2.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"17mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088818962,"sku":"JSSYX0484x1","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088851730,"sku":"JSSYX0485x1","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088884498,"sku":"JSSYX0486x1","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088917266,"sku":"JSSYX0487x1","price":2.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088950034,"sku":"JSSYX0488x1","price":2.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654088982802,"sku":"JSSYX0489x1","price":2.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089015570,"sku":"JSSYX0490x1","price":2.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089048338,"sku":"JSSYX0491x1","price":2.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"22mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089081106,"sku":"JSSYX0492x1","price":3.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"22mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089113874,"sku":"JSSYX0493x1","price":3.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089146642,"sku":"JSSYX0494x1","price":3.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089179410,"sku":"JSSYX0495x1","price":3.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25mm \/ 3mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089212178,"sku":"JSSYX0496x1","price":4.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089244946,"sku":"JSSYX0497x1","price":4.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089277714,"sku":"JSSYX0498x1","price":4.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"28mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089310482,"sku":"JSSYX0499x1","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"28mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089343250,"sku":"JSSYX0500x1","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"28mm \/ 6mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089376018,"sku":"JSSYX0501x1","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm \/ 4mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089408786,"sku":"JSSYX0502x1","price":7.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089441554,"sku":"JSSYX0503x1","price":7.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm \/ 6mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089474322,"sku":"JSSYX0504x1","price":7.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"32mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089507090,"sku":"JSSYX0505x1","price":8.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089539858,"sku":"JSSYX0506x1","price":11.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089572626,"sku":"JSSYX0507x1","price":16.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089605394,"sku":"JSSYX0508x1","price":22.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089638162,"sku":"JSSYX0509x1","price":29.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60mm \/ 5mm \/ 1Pcs","offer_id":51654089670930,"sku":"JSSYX0510x1","price":53.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/10_3ec1ea19-6d79-42de-9f76-7083106c283e.jpg?v=1764834988"},{"product_id":"grinding-head-polishing-drill-bit-2-35-mm-3-32-shank-for-jewelry-wood-ceramics","title":"Grinding Head Polishing Drill Bit 2.35 mm 3\/32\" Shank for Jewelry Wood Ceramics","description":"\u003ch2\u003e✨ Grinding Head Polishing Drill Bit – Perfect for Jewelry, Wood \u0026amp; Ceramics!\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your crafting precision with our \u003cstrong\u003ePolishing Mounting Head Rotary Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e drill bits! Whether you’re working on jewelry, wood carving, metal shaping, or ceramic finishing, these versatile bits deliver smooth, clean results every time. 💎\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e📏 Product Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; text-align:left;\"\u003e\n \u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f3f3f3;\"\u003e\n \u003cth style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eItem Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eGrinding Head Polishing Drill Bit\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eCarbon Steel + Corundum\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHead Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e3mm \/ 4mm \/ 6mm \/ 7mm \/ 8mm \/ 11mm \/ 14mm \/ 19mm (Choose your size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eShank Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e2.35mm (3\/32\") – Standard size for most \u003cstrong\u003erotary tools\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eTotal Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e43mm \/ 44mm \/ 45mm \/ 47mm \/ 50mm \/ 51mm (varies by head size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eApplications\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eJewelry polishing, wood carving, metal deburring, mold cleaning, and ceramic refining\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px; border:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e1 × Grinding Head (According to your selected size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e💡 Why Choose Our Polishing Mounting Head Rotary Tool?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e✅ Durable carbon steel body for long-lasting performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e✅ Compatible with all major rotary tools and Dremel systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e✅ High-quality corundum grinding head ensures smooth, consistent polishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e✅ Perfect for DIY enthusiasts, jewelers, woodworkers, and hobbyists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e⚙️ Notes \u0026amp; Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePlease allow slight variations due to manual measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eColors may differ slightly due to monitor settings – please refer to the actual product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClean after each use to maintain polishing efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eQ1: Is this polishing head compatible with Dremel rotary tools?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! The 2.35mm (3\/32\") shank fits perfectly with most \u003cstrong\u003ePolishing Mounting Head Rotary Tools\u003c\/strong\u003e including Dremel, Proxxon, and similar brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eQ2: Can I use it on metal or glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! It works well for metal polishing and light grinding on glass and ceramics. Just adjust your tool’s speed for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eQ3: How many pieces come in one package?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach purchase includes \u003cstrong\u003e1 piece\u003c\/strong\u003e of the grinding head, based on your selected size option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eQ4: What’s the best speed setting for wood polishing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor wood or soft materials, we recommend using a lower RPM (around 8,000–12,000) to prevent overheating or burning the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e🛠️ Perfect Partner for Every Maker\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're refining jewelry edges, smoothing a wooden sculpture, or restoring metal molds, our \u003cstrong\u003ePolishing Mounting Head Rotary Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you the precision and control you need to achieve flawless finishes every time. 🔧✨\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"6 x 20 x 50 mm \/ 1 Pcs","offer_id":51699139313938,"sku":"TCCL0648x1","price":1.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 20 x 50 mm \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51699139346706,"sku":"TCCL0648x2","price":1.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 20 x 50 mm \/ 3 Pcs","offer_id":51699139379474,"sku":"TCCL0648x3","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 20 x 50 mm \/ 5 Pcs","offer_id":51699139412242,"sku":"TCCL0648x5","price":2.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 20 x 50 mm \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51699139445010,"sku":"TCCL0648x10","price":3.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 20 x 50 mm \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51699139477778,"sku":"TCCL0648x20","price":5.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 20 x 50 mm \/ 30 Pcs","offer_id":51699139510546,"sku":"TCCL0648x30","price":7.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 20 x 50 mm \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51699139543314,"sku":"TCCL0648x50","price":12.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 20 x 50 mm \/ 100 Pcs","offer_id":51699139576082,"sku":"TCCL0648x100","price":23.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 20 x 50 mm \/ 200 Pcs","offer_id":51699139608850,"sku":"TCCL0648x200","price":47.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 x 6 x 43 mm \/ 1 Pcs","offer_id":51699139641618,"sku":"TCCL0649x1","price":1.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 x 6 x 43 mm \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51699139674386,"sku":"TCCL0649x2","price":1.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 x 6 x 43 mm \/ 3 Pcs","offer_id":51699139707154,"sku":"TCCL0649x3","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 x 6 x 43 mm \/ 5 Pcs","offer_id":51699139739922,"sku":"TCCL0649x5","price":2.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 x 6 x 43 mm \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51699139772690,"sku":"TCCL0649x10","price":3.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 x 6 x 43 mm \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51699139805458,"sku":"TCCL0649x20","price":6.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 x 6 x 43 mm \/ 30 Pcs","offer_id":51699139838226,"sku":"TCCL0649x30","price":9.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 x 6 x 43 mm \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51699139870994,"sku":"TCCL0649x50","price":14.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 x 6 x 43 mm \/ 100 Pcs","offer_id":51699139903762,"sku":"TCCL0649x100","price":29.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 15 x 47 mm \/ 1 Pcs","offer_id":51699139936530,"sku":"TCCL0650x1","price":1.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 15 x 47 mm \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51699139969298,"sku":"TCCL0650x2","price":1.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 15 x 47 mm \/ 3 Pcs","offer_id":51699140002066,"sku":"TCCL0650x3","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 15 x 47 mm \/ 5 Pcs","offer_id":51699140034834,"sku":"TCCL0650x5","price":2.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 15 x 47 mm \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51699140067602,"sku":"TCCL0650x10","price":3.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 15 x 47 mm \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51699140100370,"sku":"TCCL0650x20","price":5.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 15 x 47 mm \/ 30 Pcs","offer_id":51699140133138,"sku":"TCCL0650x30","price":7.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 15 x 47 mm \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51699140165906,"sku":"TCCL0650x50","price":12.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 15 x 47 mm \/ 100 Pcs","offer_id":51699140198674,"sku":"TCCL0650x100","price":23.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 15 x 47 mm \/ 200 Pcs","offer_id":51699140231442,"sku":"TCCL0650x200","price":47.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19 x 7 x 42 mm \/ 1 Pcs","offer_id":51699140264210,"sku":"TCCL0651x1","price":1.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19 x 7 x 42 mm \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51699140296978,"sku":"TCCL0651x2","price":1.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19 x 7 x 42 mm \/ 3 Pcs","offer_id":51699140329746,"sku":"TCCL0651x3","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19 x 7 x 42 mm \/ 5 Pcs","offer_id":51699140362514,"sku":"TCCL0651x5","price":2.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19 x 7 x 42 mm \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51699140395282,"sku":"TCCL0651x10","price":3.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19 x 7 x 42 mm \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51699140428050,"sku":"TCCL0651x20","price":6.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19 x 7 x 42 mm \/ 30 Pcs","offer_id":51699140460818,"sku":"TCCL0651x30","price":9.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19 x 7 x 42 mm \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51699140493586,"sku":"TCCL0651x50","price":14.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19 x 7 x 42 mm \/ 100 Pcs","offer_id":51699140526354,"sku":"TCCL0651x100","price":29.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 1 Pcs","offer_id":51699140559122,"sku":"TCCL0652x1","price":1.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51699140591890,"sku":"TCCL0652x2","price":1.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 3 Pcs","offer_id":51699140624658,"sku":"TCCL0652x3","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 5 Pcs","offer_id":51699140657426,"sku":"TCCL0652x5","price":2.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51699140690194,"sku":"TCCL0652x10","price":3.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51699140722962,"sku":"TCCL0652x20","price":5.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 30 Pcs","offer_id":51699140755730,"sku":"TCCL0652x30","price":7.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51699140788498,"sku":"TCCL0652x50","price":12.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 100 Pcs","offer_id":51699140821266,"sku":"TCCL0652x100","price":23.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 200 Pcs","offer_id":51699140854034,"sku":"TCCL0652x200","price":47.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 1 Pcs","offer_id":51699140886802,"sku":"TCCL0653x1","price":1.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51699140919570,"sku":"TCCL0653x2","price":1.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 3 Pcs","offer_id":51699140952338,"sku":"TCCL0653x3","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 5 Pcs","offer_id":51699140985106,"sku":"TCCL0653x5","price":2.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51699141017874,"sku":"TCCL0653x10","price":3.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51699141050642,"sku":"TCCL0653x20","price":5.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 30 Pcs","offer_id":51699141083410,"sku":"TCCL0653x30","price":7.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51699141116178,"sku":"TCCL0653x50","price":12.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 100 Pcs","offer_id":51699141148946,"sku":"TCCL0653x100","price":23.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 14 x 45 mm \/ 200 Pcs","offer_id":51699141181714,"sku":"TCCL0653x200","price":47.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11 x 21 x 51 mm \/ 1 Pcs","offer_id":51699141214482,"sku":"TCCL0654x1","price":1.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11 x 21 x 51 mm \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51699141247250,"sku":"TCCL0654x2","price":1.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11 x 21 x 51 mm \/ 3 Pcs","offer_id":51699141280018,"sku":"TCCL0654x3","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11 x 21 x 51 mm \/ 5 Pcs","offer_id":51699141312786,"sku":"TCCL0654x5","price":2.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11 x 21 x 51 mm \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51699141345554,"sku":"TCCL0654x10","price":3.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11 x 21 x 51 mm \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51699141378322,"sku":"TCCL0654x20","price":5.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11 x 21 x 51 mm \/ 30 Pcs","offer_id":51699141411090,"sku":"TCCL0654x30","price":8.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11 x 21 x 51 mm \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51699141443858,"sku":"TCCL0654x50","price":13.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11 x 21 x 51 mm \/ 100 Pcs","offer_id":51699141476626,"sku":"TCCL0654x100","price":26.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 x 15 x 43 mm \/ 1 Pcs","offer_id":51699141509394,"sku":"TCCL0655x1","price":1.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 x 15 x 43 mm \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51699141542162,"sku":"TCCL0655x2","price":1.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 x 15 x 43 mm \/ 3 Pcs","offer_id":51699141574930,"sku":"TCCL0655x3","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 x 15 x 43 mm \/ 5 Pcs","offer_id":51699141607698,"sku":"TCCL0655x5","price":2.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 x 15 x 43 mm \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51699141640466,"sku":"TCCL0655x10","price":3.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 x 15 x 43 mm \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51699141673234,"sku":"TCCL0655x20","price":5.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 x 15 x 43 mm \/ 30 Pcs","offer_id":51699141706002,"sku":"TCCL0655x30","price":7.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 x 15 x 43 mm \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51699141738770,"sku":"TCCL0655x50","price":12.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 x 15 x 43 mm \/ 100 Pcs","offer_id":51699141771538,"sku":"TCCL0655x100","price":23.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 x 15 x 43 mm \/ 200 Pcs","offer_id":51699141804306,"sku":"TCCL0655x200","price":47.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 10 x 44 mm \/ 1 Pcs","offer_id":51699141837074,"sku":"TCCL0656x1","price":1.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 10 x 44 mm \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51699141869842,"sku":"TCCL0656x2","price":1.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 10 x 44 mm \/ 3 Pcs","offer_id":51699141902610,"sku":"TCCL0656x3","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 10 x 44 mm \/ 5 Pcs","offer_id":51699141935378,"sku":"TCCL0656x5","price":2.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 10 x 44 mm \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51699141968146,"sku":"TCCL0656x10","price":3.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 10 x 44 mm \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51699142000914,"sku":"TCCL0656x20","price":5.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 10 x 44 mm \/ 30 Pcs","offer_id":51699142033682,"sku":"TCCL0656x30","price":7.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 10 x 44 mm \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51699142066450,"sku":"TCCL0656x50","price":12.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 10 x 44 mm \/ 100 Pcs","offer_id":51699142099218,"sku":"TCCL0656x100","price":23.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 10 x 44 mm \/ 200 Pcs","offer_id":51699142131986,"sku":"TCCL0656x200","price":47.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 x 12 x 47 mm \/ 1 Pcs","offer_id":51699142164754,"sku":"TCCL0657x1","price":1.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 x 12 x 47 mm \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51699142197522,"sku":"TCCL0657x2","price":1.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 x 12 x 47 mm \/ 3 Pcs","offer_id":51699142230290,"sku":"TCCL0657x3","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 x 12 x 47 mm \/ 5 Pcs","offer_id":51699142263058,"sku":"TCCL0657x5","price":2.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 x 12 x 47 mm \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51699142295826,"sku":"TCCL0657x10","price":3.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 x 12 x 47 mm \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51699142328594,"sku":"TCCL0657x20","price":5.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 x 12 x 47 mm \/ 30 Pcs","offer_id":51699142361362,"sku":"TCCL0657x30","price":7.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 x 12 x 47 mm \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51699142394130,"sku":"TCCL0657x50","price":12.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 x 12 x 47 mm \/ 100 Pcs","offer_id":51699142426898,"sku":"TCCL0657x100","price":23.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 x 12 x 47 mm \/ 200 Pcs","offer_id":51699142459666,"sku":"TCCL0657x200","price":47.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/4ed10ce3-9e39-46ea-bdc4-ec9fa95b6bf1.jpg?v=1762079291"},{"product_id":"mini-tiller-cultivator-37-7cc-4-stroke-viper-engine","title":"Mini Tiller Cultivator, Powerful 37.7cc 4-stroke Viper Engine, Gear Drive Transmission, Mini Cultivator with 4-Cycle Engine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* Encapsulated styles for Mini Tiller Cultivator – prefix \"mini-tiller\" *\/\n        .mini-tiller-container {\n            max-width: 1200px;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #1e2a3a;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            padding: 20px 24px;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n        }\n        .mini-tiller-container h2 {\n            font-size: 2rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem;\n            border-bottom: 3px solid #c0392b;\n            padding-bottom: 0.4rem;\n            color: #a33c2f;\n            letter-spacing: -0.02em;\n        }\n        .mini-tiller-container h2:first-of-type {\n            margin-top: 0.2rem;\n        }\n        \/* overview section *\/\n        .mini-tiller-overview {\n            background: #fff4f0;\n            padding: 1.8rem 2.2rem;\n            border-radius: 28px;\n            margin: 1rem 0 2rem;\n            border-left: 8px solid #c0392b;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n        }\n        \/* core benefits (plain, no emoji) *\/\n        .core-benefits-mini {\n            list-style-type: disc;\n            padding-left: 2rem;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 1.8rem;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 14px;\n        }\n        .core-benefits-mini li {\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n        }\n        \/* feature list with emoji *\/\n        .feature-list-mini {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 1rem;\n            margin: 1.8rem 0;\n        }\n        .feature-list-mini li {\n            font-size: 1.06rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e8d9d4;\n            padding-bottom: 0.8rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 0.8rem;\n        }\n        .feature-list-mini li:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .feature-list-mini .emoji-box {\n            font-size: 1.5rem;\n            min-width: 2.2rem;\n        }\n        \/* specs table *\/\n        .specs-wrapper-mini {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 2rem 0;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            border: 1px solid #f0d9d0;\n            background: #fff;\n        }\n        .specs-table-mini {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.98rem;\n            min-width: 550px;\n        }\n        .specs-table-mini th {\n            background: #fae6e1;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            padding: 14px 18px;\n            text-align: left;\n            width: 40%;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #dbb7ab;\n        }\n        .specs-table-mini td {\n            padding: 14px 18px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #edd9d2;\n            background: #fff;\n        }\n        .specs-table-mini tr:last-child th,\n        .specs-table-mini tr:last-child td {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .specs-note-row {\n            background: #fff1e6;\n            font-style: italic;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ cards *\/\n        .faq-mini-grid {\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 1.3rem;\n            margin: 2rem 0;\n        }\n        .faq-mini-card {\n            background: #faf6f4;\n            padding: 1.3rem 2rem;\n            border-radius: 24px;\n            border-left: 5px solid #c44536;\n        }\n        .faq-mini-q {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n            color: #a3402f;\n        }\n        .faq-mini-a {\n            margin: 0;\n            color: #2d3e4f;\n        }\n        \/* warranty and policy badges *\/\n        .policy-mini {\n            background: #f0ebe7;\n            padding: 0.9rem 1.4rem;\n            border-radius: 50px;\n            display: inline-block;\n            margin: 1rem 0 0.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #cdb2a8;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n        }\n        .warranty-mini-block {\n            background: #eaf2e5;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.8rem;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            margin-top: 2rem;\n            border-left: 6px solid #2f7d5a;\n        }\n        \/* mobile *\/\n        @media (max-width: 600px) {\n            .mini-tiller-container {\n                padding: 15px;\n            }\n            .mini-tiller-container h2 {\n                font-size: 1.7rem;\n            }\n            .mini-tiller-overview {\n                padding: 1.2rem 1.3rem;\n            }\n            .faq-mini-card {\n                padding: 1rem 1.3rem;\n            }\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- entire product description – copy into Shopify --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mini-tiller-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== PRODUCT OVERVIEW ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMini Tiller Cultivator with Viper 4‑Stroke Engine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mini-tiller-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🌱 Lightweight, powerful, and whisper‑quiet — the \u003cstrong\u003e37.7cc Mini Tiller Cultivator\u003c\/strong\u003e is the perfect companion for home gardeners, urban farmers, and anyone who wants to keep their beds weed‑free without the back pain. The advanced 4‑cycle Viper engine eliminates the hassle of mixing gas and oil, runs cleaner, and starts effortlessly from a stand‑up position. With a gear‑drive transmission and durable steel tines, it slices through compacted soil to create a fine seedbed up to 9.5 inches wide and 4 inches deep. Whether you’re cultivating between rows, aerating flower beds, or prepping a vegetable patch, this mini tiller delivers professional results in a compact, easy‑to‑store package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- core benefits (plain list, no emoji) --\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"core-benefits-mini\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e37.7cc 4‑stroke Viper engine – no fuel mixing, lower noise, and cleaner emissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic stand‑up starting – no bending, comfortable for all users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGear‑drive transmission for reliable torque and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9.5\" tilling width \/ 2.4–3.9\" depth – perfect for raised beds and tight spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperior air filter extends engine life by preventing dust ingress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== KEY FEATURES (emoji enhanced) ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🔧 Key Features of This 37.7cc Mini Cultivator\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"feature-list-mini\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-box\"\u003e⛽\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4‑Cycle Viper Engine (37.7cc):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3HP OHV powerplant – runs on straight gasoline (no mixing), meets EPA emission standards, and operates at lower noise levels (≤112 dB).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-box\"\u003e🦵\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eStand‑Up Start \u0026amp; Ergonomic Handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recoil start is positioned so you can pull comfortably from behind the handlebar – zero bending required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-box\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eGear Drive Transmission:\u003c\/strong\u003e Robust 32:1 reduction ratio delivers maximum torque to the tines, ensuring consistent soil breakup even in hard dirt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-box\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLong‑Life Air Filter System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sealed design blocks damaging debris, significantly extending engine service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-box\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Tilling Depth (2.4\"–3.9\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Four steel tines (rotating gear Ø220mm) work a 240mm (9.5\") width – ideal for weeding, cultivating, and mixing amendments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-box\"\u003e🪫\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Compact:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only 34.8 lbs assembled; easy to carry and store in small sheds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-box\"\u003e🛢️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSeparate Oil \u0026amp; Fuel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.65L fuel tank + requires motor oil (4‑stroke) – simple maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== SPECIFICATIONS TABLE ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Mini Tiller Specifications (Viper Engine)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"specs-wrapper-mini\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table-mini\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box – Mini Front‑Tine Cultivator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor \/ Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed \/ Heavy‑duty steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.3\" × 26.7\" × 43.3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.8 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.7\" × 15.0\" × 12.6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.5 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140F, Air‑cooled 4‑stroke single cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.7 cc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3 HP (0.8–1.0 kW @ 6500 RPM)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax. RPM \/ Idle RPM\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9000 min⁻¹ \/ 3000 min⁻¹\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤112 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReduction Ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32:1 (gear drive)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Tank Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.65 L (unleaded gasoline)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOil Requirement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSAE 30 (approx. 0.2–0.3 L) – not mixed with fuel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCultivation Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 mm (approx. 9.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCultivation Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–100 mm (2.4\" – 3.9\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRotating Gear Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm (8.7\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStarting System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecoil start (stand‑up friendly)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmission Compliance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEPA certified (valid in all 50 states)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"specs-note-row\"\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"2\"\u003e🔄 Return Policy: 7‑day refund\/replacement for quality issues – seller pays return shipping.\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== FAQ (expanded, 5 questions) ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Mini Tiller Cultivator\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-mini-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-mini-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-mini-q\"\u003e1. Do I need to mix oil with gas for this tiller?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-mini-a\"\u003eNo! This is a \u003cstrong\u003e4‑cycle engine\u003c\/strong\u003e, which means you pour straight unleaded gasoline into the fuel tank and separate motor oil into the crankcase. It eliminates the mess and guesswork of mixing, and it’s cleaner for the environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-mini-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-mini-q\"\u003e2. What kind of soil can it handle?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-mini-a\"\u003eThe 1.3HP gear‑drive tiller is perfect for established garden beds, loose to moderately firm soil, and weeding between rows. For extremely hard or clay soil, we recommend moistening the ground a day before and making multiple shallow passes. It’s not designed for primary sod‑busting but excels in refined cultivation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-mini-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-mini-q\"\u003e3. How do I start it without bending over?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-mini-a\"\u003eThe tiller features an \u003cstrong\u003eergonomic stand‑up starting design\u003c\/strong\u003e. The recoil starter handle is located near the handlebars, so you can stand behind the machine, hold the handlebars steady, and pull the cord comfortably – no stooping or kneeling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-mini-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-mini-q\"\u003e4. What maintenance does it need?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-mini-a\"\u003eBasic 4‑stroke care: check engine oil before each use, change oil after the first 5 hours, then every 25 hours, clean or replace air filter as needed, and keep tines free of debris. The gear drive is sealed and lubricated; no regular adjustment needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-mini-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-mini-q\"\u003e5. Is it covered by warranty if something breaks?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-mini-a\"\u003eYes – we offer a \u003cstrong\u003e3‑month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e against manufacturing defects from the delivery date. Within the first 7 days, you can request a refund or replacement for any quality issue (seller covers return shipping). Normal wear, misuse, or modifications are not covered. See full policy above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- warranty summary block --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"warranty-mini-block\"\u003e🛠️ \u003cstrong\u003e3‑Month Warranty + 7‑Day Hassle‑Free Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you experience a manufacturing defect within 3 months, contact us. For any quality issue within 7 days of receipt, we’ll refund or reship at no extra cost to you. (Does not cover normal wear, abuse, or unauthorized modifications.)\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"policy-mini\"\u003e✅ EPA compliant – This 37.7cc engine meets emission standards for all 50 states (including California).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52057562775826,"sku":"W465121368","price":264.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/20240202_d0f6364da837c362548046965d3239d1.jpg?v=1771998273"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-rear-tine-tiller-7hp-212cc-gas-20-garden-cultivato","title":"Heavy duty Power tiller, Rear Tine Tiller - 7HP Gas Engine 212CC, 20\" Wide and 8\" Deep Cultivator - Garden Soil Prep for Planters and Vegetable Beds and More.","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 🚜 Encapsulated styles for Heavy Duty Power Tiller product page *\/\n        .tiller-product-container {\n            max-width: 1200px;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit; \/* uses store theme font *\/\n            color: #333;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            padding: 20px;\n            border-radius: 8px;\n        }\n        \/* headings with subtle hierarchy *\/\n        .tiller-product-container h2 {\n            font-size: 1.75rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin-top: 2rem;\n            margin-bottom: 1rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #f0a500;\n            padding-bottom: 0.3rem;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n        }\n        .tiller-product-container h2:first-of-type {\n            margin-top: 0;\n        }\n        \/* product overview paragraph *\/\n        .tiller-overview {\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            background: #f9f9f9;\n            padding: 1.5rem;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 4px solid #f0a500;\n        }\n        \/* core benefits – no emoji, plain bullet list as requested *\/\n        .core-benefits {\n            list-style-type: disc;\n            padding-left: 1.8rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 8px;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .core-benefits li {\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n        }\n        \/* feature list with emojis – vertical, SEO friendly *\/\n        .feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 0.9rem;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0;\n        }\n        .feature-list li {\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #e0e0e0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.6rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 0.6rem;\n        }\n        .feature-list li:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .feature-list li span.emoji {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n            min-width: 1.8rem;\n        }\n        \/* specifications table *\/\n        .specs-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n            border: 1px solid #eaeaea;\n        }\n        .specs-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 500px;\n        }\n        .specs-table th {\n            background-color: #f4f4f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 15px;\n            width: 40%;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n        }\n        .specs-table td {\n            padding: 12px 15px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eee;\n            background-color: #fff;\n        }\n        .specs-table tr:last-child th,\n        .specs-table tr:last-child td {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .specs-table .note-cell {\n            background-color: #fff9e6;\n            font-style: italic;\n            color: #b95b0d;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ section – expanded, no accordion *\/\n        .faq-grid {\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 1.25rem;\n            margin-top: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        .faq-item {\n            background: #fafafa;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n            border-left: 4px solid #2a7f62;\n        }\n        .faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n            color: #1e4a3d;\n        }\n        .faq-answer {\n            margin: 0;\n            color: #2d2d2d;\n        }\n        \/* state \u0026 warranty notice small *\/\n        .state-notice {\n            background: #ffeed9;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 30px;\n            display: inline-block;\n            font-weight: 500;\n            margin: 0.5rem 0 1rem;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            border: 1px solid #f0b27a;\n        }\n        .warranty-highlight {\n            background: #e7f3f0;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 8px;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 0.5rem;\n            border-left: 4px solid #2a7f62;\n        }\n        \/* mobile fine-tuning *\/\n        @media (max-width: 600px) {\n            .tiller-product-container {\n                padding: 15px;\n            }\n            .tiller-product-container h2 {\n                font-size: 1.5rem;\n            }\n            .feature-list li {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .faq-item {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- entire product description block – copy this into Shopify product description --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tiller-product-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- Product Overview (sales copy + core bullet benefits) --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeavy Duty Rear Tine Tiller Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tiller-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your garden with the \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty Power Tiller\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rugged rear‑tine machine built for homeowners, hobby farmers, and serious gardeners who refuse to settle for less. Whether you're breaking compacted sod, prepping a new vegetable bed, or maintaining existing rows, this 7HP 212cc gas-powered cultivator powers through the toughest soil with ease. The counter‑rotating tines work the ground to an 8\" depth and 20\" width, creating a fluffy, aerated bed that plants love. Adjustable height, safety handles, and a throttle at your fingertips make operation intuitive, while the lightweight frame and 13\" ag tires let you reposition without starting the engine. Say goodbye to backbreaking labor — this tiller is your year‑round partner for a thriving garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Core benefits (no emoji, no extra styling – exactly 4 points) --\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"core-benefits\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful 7.0 HP 212cc OHV 4‑stroke engine – EPA certified, reliable starts every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20\" tilling width and 8\" working depth – covers more ground in fewer passes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardened steel counter‑rotating tines – self‑propelled action for thorough soil breakup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚠️ Important: This engine is \u003cstrong\u003enot for sale in California\u003c\/strong\u003e (CARB exempt; EPA certified for other states)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Key Features (emoji-enhanced, vertical) --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🔧 Key Features of This 7HP Rear Tine Tiller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePowerful 7.0 HP \/ 212cc OHV Engine:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4‑stroke gas engine delivers consistent torque, easy pull‑start, and low emissions (EPA certificate included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e20\" Wide \u0026amp; 8\" Deep Tilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four counter‑rotating rear tines (13\" dia.) break soil finely for perfect seedbeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji\"\u003e🛞\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSelf‑Propelled \u0026amp; Agile:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13\" pneumatic ag tires provide excellent traction; the machine moves forward as tines work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e5‑Position Height Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Match tilling depth to soil conditions; safety handles protect hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Controls:\u003c\/strong\u003e Throttle mounted on right handle for instant speed control without stopping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji\"\u003e🛢️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Uses standard SAE 75\/80 gear oil (no special NLGI 000 grease required).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji\"\u003e🚜\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange \u0026amp; black powder‑coated steel frame resists rust and wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- Specifications Table --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Heavy Duty Tiller Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"specs-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product – Rear Tine Tiller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack + Orange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\" × 19.6\" × 38\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\" × 21\" × 20.6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4‑Stroke OHV, Gas, 212cc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.0 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear Tines Quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pieces (counter‑rotating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTire Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13\" pneumatic air tires (2 pcs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Certification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEPA certified – \u003cstrong\u003eNOT FOR SALE IN CALIFORNIA\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGear Oil Recommendation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard SAE 75 or 80 gear oil (NLGI 000 NOT required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"note-cell\"\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"2\"\u003e📦 Shipped Items Return Policy: 7-day refund\/replacement for quality issues (seller covers reshipment).\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ Section (fully expanded, 5 questions) --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Rear Tine Tiller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e1. Is this tiller difficult to assemble?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eNot at all. The tiller comes partially assembled in one box. You'll need to attach the handlebar (height adjustable), tines, and wheels. Basic hand tools are required, and an instruction manual with clear diagrams is included. Most customers complete assembly in under 45 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e2. Can it handle hard, clay soil or sod?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. The 7HP engine and counter‑rotating tines are designed for tough conditions. For extremely compacted ground, we recommend making a first pass at a shallower depth (3‑4 inches) to break the surface, then a second pass at full 8\" depth. The self‑propelled wheels help pull the machine through without excessive effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e3. Why can't this tiller be shipped to California?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe engine is EPA‑certified for all states except California due to CARB’s stricter small off‑road engine regulations. This model does not meet California's additional emission requirements, so we cannot sell or ship to CA addresses. Customers in other states can purchase freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e4. What kind of maintenance does it need?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eBasic routine: check engine oil before each use, use fresh gasoline, clean air filter regularly, and change gear oil (SAE 75\/80) after the first 20 hours, then annually. The manual outlines all steps. The tiller uses common maintenance parts available at any hardware store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e5. What warranty and return options do you offer?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eWe provide a 3‑month warranty against manufacturing defects from the delivery date. If you experience an issue within 7 days of receipt, you can request a refund or replacement (return shipping covered by us). After 7 days but within warranty, we offer partial\/full reshipment of parts or a replacement at our discretion. Normal wear, misuse, or modifications are not covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Extra warranty \/ policy note (optional but helpful) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"warranty-highlight\"\u003e⚙️ \u003cstrong\u003eWarranty \u0026amp; Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3‑month coverage from date of delivery. Defects? We'll make it right — refund, partial or full reshipment according to Marketplace RMA guidelines.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"state-notice\"\u003e🚚 \u003cstrong\u003eShipping restriction:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item cannot be shipped to California (EPA engine compliance). All other states: ready to ship!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52057591218450,"sku":"W465P331647","price":1011.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/25bf609d121bd20112dff362bd0fa2f4.jpg?v=1772007781"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-power-tiller-7hp-212cc-32-5-wide-10-deep","title":"Heavy duty Power tiller, 7HP Gas Engine 212CC, 6 Blades 32.5\" Wide and 10\" Deep Cultivator - Garden Soil Prep for Planters and Vegetable Beds and More.","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What type of soil can this tiller handle?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This 7HP rear-tine tiller is built for compacted, clay-heavy, and even virgin soil. The 6 counter-rotating hardened steel tines provide aggressive bite. For extremely hard ground, moisten the soil a day before and make a shallow first pass at 4–5 inches, then a full 10-inch pass.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this tiller self-propelled?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The rear-tine design is self-propelled — the drive wheels pull the machine forward as the tines dig, significantly reducing operator fatigue on large plots.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why can't this tiller be sold in California?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The engine is EPA-certified for all 49 states except California. California's Air Resources Board (CARB) enforces stricter small off-road engine emission standards that this model does not meet. It ships freely to all other states.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What oil does this tiller use?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The engine uses SAE 30 motor oil. The transmission uses standard SAE 75 or SAE 80 gear oil — no special NLGI 000 grease required.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How wide and deep does it till?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The tilling width is 32.5 inches (825 mm) and the maximum tilling depth is 10 inches (254 mm), making it ideal for large vegetable beds and new garden plots.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the warranty coverage?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The tiller comes with a 3-month manufacturer warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. Within the first 7 days of delivery, quality issues qualify for a full refund or replacement with return shipping covered by the seller.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much assembly is required?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The tiller arrives partially assembled. Typically you'll need to attach the handlebars, add engine oil and fuel, and check gear oil before first use. The included manual provides step-by-step instructions.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use this tiller for a small backyard garden?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This machine is optimized for large plots (1\/4 acre and up). Its 32.5-inch width and 107 lb weight make it less maneuverable in tight spaces. For small raised beds or narrow rows, a smaller front-tine cultivator may be a better fit.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e32.5\" Heavy Duty 7HP Rear-Tine Power Tiller — Conquer Tough Soil in Fewer Passes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eBreaking new ground or revitalizing a neglected garden plot is exhausting work — unless you have the right machine. The \u003cstrong\u003eHomeDIYer 32.5\" Heavy Duty Power Tiller\u003c\/strong\u003e is engineered for serious growers, homesteaders, and landscapers who need to move fast across large areas without sacrificing depth or thoroughness. Powered by a 212cc 4-stroke OHV engine producing 7.0 HP, it drives six counter-rotating hardened steel tines through compacted clay, rocky loam, and sod-covered ground with authority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe tiller measures 48.5\" × 32.6\" × 38.3\" assembled and weighs approximately 107 lb (48.5 kg). Six tines at 13.5\" (343 mm) diameter churn soil to a width of 32.5\" (825 mm) and a depth of up to 10\" (254 mm) in a single pass. Self-propelled pneumatic wheels carry the machine forward as the tines dig, reducing operator fatigue on plots up to a half-acre or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include preparing large vegetable beds before spring planting, incorporating compost or amendments into existing garden soil, breaking up compacted lawn areas for reseeding, and clearing weedy plots for new landscaping projects — all scenarios where a lightweight cultivator simply won't cut it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eAvailability Notice:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engine is EPA-certified for use in all U.S. states \u003cstrong\u003eexcept California\u003c\/strong\u003e. This product cannot be sold or shipped to CA addresses due to CARB emission regulations.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This Heavy Duty Rear-Tine Power Tiller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⛽\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e7.0 HP \/ 212cc 4-Stroke OHV Engine:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPA-certified gasoline engine delivers reliable pull-start ignition, strong low-end torque, and consistent power through dense, compacted soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌾\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e32.5\" Tilling Width \u0026amp; 10\" Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Six counter-rotating tines (13.5\" diameter) cover wide swaths in a single pass — ideal for large vegetable gardens, new lawn prep, and field-scale soil conditioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛞\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSelf-Propelled Pneumatic Drive Wheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large air-filled tires grip varied terrain and propel the machine forward as tines engage, dramatically reducing operator effort on long runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e3-Position Adjustable Handlebars + Safety Handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dial in the handle height to match your frame; integrated safety handles protect hands from debris thrown by the tines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFingertip Throttle Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Right-handlebar-mounted throttle lever lets you adjust engine speed instantly without stopping or repositioning your grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Gauge Powder-Coated Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant black finish over a robust steel chassis built to handle season after season of demanding garden work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Heavy Duty Rear-Tine Garden Tiller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-Stroke OHV, Gasoline, 212cc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.0 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.5 in (825 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10 in (254 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Tines\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 counter-rotating hardened steel tines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 in (343 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-propelled, pneumatic tires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-position height + safety handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThrottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight handlebar, fingertip lever\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Oil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSAE 30 motor oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGear Oil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSAE 75 or SAE 80 (standard gear oil)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.5\" × 32.6\" × 38.3\" (1232 × 828 × 973 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e107 lb (48.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.5\" × 11.5\" × 27.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114.5 lb (51.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-gauge powder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmission Compliance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEPA certified — NOT FOR SALE IN CALIFORNIA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-month manufacturer warranty; 7-day satisfaction guarantee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of soil can this tiller handle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 7HP rear-tine tiller is built for compacted, clay-heavy, and even virgin soil. The 6 counter-rotating hardened steel tines provide aggressive bite. For extremely hard ground, moisten the soil a day before and make a shallow first pass at 4–5 inches, then a full 10-inch pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this tiller self-propelled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The rear-tine design is self-propelled — the drive wheels pull the machine forward as the tines dig, significantly reducing operator fatigue on large plots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy can't this tiller be sold in California?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe engine is EPA-certified for all 49 states except California. California's Air Resources Board (CARB) enforces stricter small off-road engine emission standards that this model does not meet. It ships freely to all other states.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat oil does this tiller use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe engine uses SAE 30 motor oil. The transmission uses standard SAE 75 or SAE 80 gear oil — no special NLGI 000 grease required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow wide and deep does it till?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tilling width is 32.5 inches (825 mm) and the maximum tilling depth is 10 inches (254 mm), making it ideal for large vegetable beds and new garden plots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the warranty coverage?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tiller comes with a 3-month manufacturer warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. Within the first 7 days of delivery, quality issues qualify for a full refund or replacement with return shipping covered by the seller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much assembly is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tiller arrives partially assembled. Typically you'll need to attach the handlebars, add engine oil and fuel, and check gear oil before first use. The included manual provides step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this tiller for a small backyard garden?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis machine is optimized for large plots (1\/4 acre and up). Its 32.5-inch width and 107 lb weight make it less maneuverable in tight spaces. For small raised beds or narrow rows, a smaller front-tine cultivator may be a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your quantity above, then add to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52059859616018,"sku":"W465P331648","price":656.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/1f6850d6a7254dd8dea3ace9fa978e13.jpg?v=1772089503"},{"product_id":"10-amp-electric-tiller-14-corded-cultivator-steel-tines","title":"10 Amp Electric Tiller, 14\" Tilling Width 3.94\" Tilling Depth Corded Electric Tiller\/Cultivator, Steel Mn Tines, Rototiller for Garden Lawn Soil Digging","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the tilling width and depth of this electric tiller?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This tiller has a 14\\\" (355 mm) cultivation width and a 3.94\\\" (100 mm) tilling depth. This combination is well-suited for loosening topsoil in garden beds, mixing in amendments, and preparing seedbeds for vegetables or flowers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this tiller corded or battery-powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This is a corded electric tiller that plugs into a standard 120V household outlet. It provides consistent power without worrying about battery charge levels, making it ideal for longer tilling sessions in a fixed garden area.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How heavy is this cultivator, and is it easy to maneuver?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The tiller weighs 20.56 lbs (approximately 9.33 kg). It is designed to be lifted with one hand and features a foldable ergonomic handle to reduce fatigue. Most users find it manageable for residential garden use without assistance.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What type of soil can this tiller handle?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This tiller is generally effective on loose to moderately compacted soil, including garden beds, lawn borders, and raised beds. For extremely rocky or heavily clay-packed ground, multiple passes at a shallower depth are typically recommended before going deeper.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the overload protection feature and how does it work?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The overload protection system monitors motor load during operation. If the tines encounter an obstruction such as a large root or rock, the motor automatically shuts off to prevent damage. Simply clear the obstruction and restart the tiller to continue.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are replacement tines available, and how durable are they?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The tines are made from 65# manganese steel, which is known for its hardness and wear resistance compared to standard carbon steel. For replacement tine availability, please contact us directly.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can this tiller be used for both tilling and cultivating?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The cross-structure tine design allows this unit to function as both a tiller and a cultivator. It is well-suited for seasonal soil prep as well as mid-season maintenance passes.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e10 Amp Electric Tiller — Corded Cultivator with 14\" Width for Effortless Garden Soil Prep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eTired of breaking your back turning compacted soil by hand before every planting season? Whether you're a weekend gardener or a serious grower, the right tool makes all the difference. This corded electric tiller is built for homeowners who want reliable, repeatable results without the hassle of gas maintenance or battery anxiety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eConstructed with a durable iron frame and 65# manganese steel cross-structure tines, this rototiller measures approximately 15.75\" L × 15.94\" W × 21.85\" H (assembled) and weighs 20.56 lbs — light enough to carry with one hand. The foldable handle collapses for compact storage in a shed or garage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eFrom raised vegetable beds to lawn renovation strips, this electric garden tiller handles a range of soil conditions. Its 14\" cultivation width and 3.94\" tilling depth make it a go-to corded cultivator for soil loosening, weed disruption, and seedbed preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\n    Requires a standard 120V household outlet. Recommended for residential garden plots, raised beds, and lawn borders up to medium-sized areas.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This Corded Electric Garden Tiller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e14\" Width × 3.94\" Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Covers more ground per pass and penetrates deep enough to break up compacted topsoil for better root growth and water absorption.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10A High-Performance Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delivers consistent torque at 390 RPM to power through tough, clay-heavy, or root-tangled soil without bogging down.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverload Protection System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatically shuts off if the tines are obstructed, preventing motor burnout and extending the tool's working life.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e65# Manganese Steel Cross-Tines:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cross-structure design distributes force evenly across all tine points, reducing vibration and improving stability in varied soil conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🪶\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Portable at 20.56 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carry it with one hand between garden rows. The foldable handle reduces storage footprint and makes transport in a car trunk straightforward.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n        \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e\n        \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Handle \u0026amp; Simple Switch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduces wrist and arm fatigue during extended tilling sessions. The single-switch operation means less time fumbling and more time working.\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🥕\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eVegetable Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003ePrep raised beds and in-ground rows quickly before each planting season — loosen soil, mix in compost, and create a fine seedbed in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eLawn Renovators\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eBreak up compacted lawn edges and bare patches to overseed or lay sod, without renting a full-size tiller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eHomeowners with Small to Medium Plots\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIdeal for garden beds up to a few hundred square feet where a walk-behind gas tiller would be overkill and a hand cultivator too slow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e🌸\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cstrong\u003eFlower Bed Maintainers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eAerate and turn soil around perennials and annuals each season without disturbing nearby root systems, thanks to the precise 14\" working width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Corded Electric Tiller\/Cultivator\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 Amps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\" (355 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.94\" (100 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65# Manganese Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross-structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.56 lbs (9.33 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.75\" L × 15.94\" W × 21.85\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable, ergonomic grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorded Electric (120V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverload Protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — auto shut-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric Tiller \/ Cultivator \/ Rototiller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the tilling width and depth of this electric tiller?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tiller has a 14\" (355 mm) cultivation width and a 3.94\" (100 mm) tilling depth. This combination is well-suited for loosening topsoil in garden beds, mixing in amendments, and preparing seedbeds for vegetables or flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this tiller corded or battery-powered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a corded electric tiller that plugs into a standard 120V household outlet. It provides consistent power without worrying about battery charge levels, making it ideal for longer tilling sessions in a fixed garden area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy is this cultivator, and is it easy to maneuver?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tiller weighs 20.56 lbs (approximately 9.33 kg). It is designed to be lifted with one hand and features a foldable ergonomic handle to reduce fatigue. Most users find it manageable for residential garden use without assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of soil can this tiller handle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tiller is generally effective on loose to moderately compacted soil, including garden beds, lawn borders, and raised beds. For extremely rocky or heavily clay-packed ground, multiple passes at a shallower depth are typically recommended before going deeper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the overload protection feature and how does it work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overload protection system monitors motor load during operation. If the tines encounter an obstruction — such as a large root or rock — the motor automatically shuts off to prevent damage. Simply clear the obstruction and restart the tiller to continue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement tines available, and how durable are they?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tines are made from 65# manganese steel, which is known for its hardness and wear resistance compared to standard carbon steel. For replacement tine availability, please contact us directly — we can confirm compatibility and sourcing options for your unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan this tiller be used for both tilling and cultivating?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cross-structure tine design allows this unit to function as both a tiller (breaking new ground) and a cultivator (aerating and loosening existing garden soil between plantings). It is well-suited for seasonal soil prep as well as mid-season maintenance passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your quantity above, then add to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52059860893970,"sku":"T3342P448182","price":150.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/63587876e0f11697079219da1cdc34bc.jpg?v=1772089962"},{"product_id":"12-amp-electric-tiller-18-corded-cultivator-steel-tines","title":"12 Amp Electric Tiller, 18\" Tilling Width 3.94\" Tilling Depth Corded Electric Tiller\/Cultivator, Steel Mn Tines, Rototiller for Garden Lawn Soil Digging","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* Encapsulated styles for 12A Electric Tiller – prefix \"etiller12\" *\/\n        .etiller12-container {\n            max-width: 1200px;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #1f2d3a;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            padding: 20px 25px;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n        }\n        .etiller12-container h2 {\n            font-size: 2rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2.2rem 0 1rem;\n            border-bottom: 3px solid #3b7a57;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            color: #1e4a2f;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n        }\n        .etiller12-container h2:first-of-type {\n            margin-top: 0.3rem;\n        }\n        \/* overview block *\/\n        .etiller12-overview {\n            background: #f2faf2;\n            padding: 1.8rem 2.2rem;\n            border-radius: 28px;\n            margin: 1rem 0 2rem;\n            border-left: 8px solid #3b7a57;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n        }\n        \/* core benefits plain list *\/\n        .core-benefits-et12 {\n            list-style-type: disc;\n            padding-left: 2rem;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 1.8rem;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n        }\n        .core-benefits-et12 li {\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n        }\n        \/* feature list with emoji *\/\n        .feature-list-et12 {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 1rem;\n            margin: 1.8rem 0;\n        }\n        .feature-list-et12 li {\n            font-size: 1.06rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #d0e0d0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.8rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 0.9rem;\n        }\n        .feature-list-et12 li:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .feature-list-et12 .emoji-icon {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            min-width: 2.2rem;\n        }\n        \/* specs table *\/\n        .specs-wrapper-et12 {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 2rem 0;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            border: 1px solid #cde0cd;\n            background: #fff;\n        }\n        .specs-table-et12 {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.98rem;\n            min-width: 560px;\n        }\n        .specs-table-et12 th {\n            background: #e3f0e3;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            padding: 14px 18px;\n            text-align: left;\n            width: 40%;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #aac5aa;\n        }\n        .specs-table-et12 td {\n            padding: 14px 18px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #dae8da;\n            background: #fff;\n        }\n        .specs-table-et12 tr:last-child th,\n        .specs-table-et12 tr:last-child td {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .specs-note-row {\n            background: #edf7ed;\n            font-style: italic;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ cards *\/\n        .faq-et12-grid {\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 1.4rem;\n            margin: 2rem 0;\n        }\n        .faq-et12-card {\n            background: #f5faf5;\n            padding: 1.3rem 2.2rem;\n            border-radius: 24px;\n            border-left: 5px solid #3f6b4c;\n        }\n        .faq-et12-q {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.12rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n            color: #2d6a4b;\n        }\n        .faq-et12-a {\n            margin: 0;\n            color: #1e3a2a;\n        }\n        \/* warranty \/ policy blocks *\/\n        .policy-et12 {\n            background: #ecf3ec;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.6rem;\n            border-radius: 40px;\n            display: inline-block;\n            margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem;\n            border: 1px solid #a8c9a8;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n        }\n        .warranty-et12-block {\n            background: #e2efe2;\n            padding: 0.9rem 2rem;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            margin-top: 2rem;\n            border-left: 6px solid #2f7d5a;\n        }\n        \/* mobile *\/\n        @media (max-width: 600px) {\n            .etiller12-container {\n                padding: 15px;\n            }\n            .etiller12-container h2 {\n                font-size: 1.7rem;\n            }\n            .etiller12-overview {\n                padding: 1.3rem 1.5rem;\n            }\n            .faq-et12-card {\n                padding: 1rem 1.5rem;\n            }\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- entire product description – copy into Shopify --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"etiller12-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== PRODUCT OVERVIEW ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e12 Amp Electric Tiller \/ Cultivator – 18\" Width\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"etiller12-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e⚡ Ready to expand your garden without the hassle of gas? The \u003cstrong\u003e12 Amp Electric Tiller\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers the power you need for medium to large beds, all with the convenience of plug‑and‑go operation. Its 18\" tilling width covers more ground in each pass, while the 12‑amp motor spins manganese steel tines at 390 RPM to break up soil to a 4\" depth. Overload protection keeps the motor safe from hidden roots or rocks, and the foldable handle makes storage a snap. Lightweight enough for easy maneuvering yet robust enough for routine cultivation, this corded rototiller is the perfect choice for homeowners who want a cleaner, quieter alternative to gas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- core benefits (plain, no emoji) --\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"core-benefits-et12\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 Amp high‑torque motor with overload protection – automatic shutoff prevents damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18\" tilling width \u0026amp; 3.94\" depth – efficient for larger gardens and established beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e65# manganese steel tines with cross‑structure design for durability and stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoldable handle for compact storage; ergonomic grip reduces fatigue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight at 31.8 lbs – easier to control than gas tillers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== KEY FEATURES (emoji enhanced) ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🔧 Key Features of This 12A Electric Tiller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"feature-list-et12\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e12 Amp Motor \/ 390 RPM:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delivers robust performance for tough soil; overload protection extends motor life by shutting down automatically if obstructed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e18\" Tilling Width \/ 3.94\" Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wider path means fewer passes, saving you time. Ideal for vegetable gardens, flower beds, and lawn renovation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e65# Manganese Steel Tines:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cross‑structured blades resist bending and stay sharp season after season, ensuring consistent soil breakup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🪑\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable Handle \u0026amp; Compact Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handle collapses quickly for tucking away in a shed, garage, or even a closet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft‑grip handle and simple on\/off switch minimize hand fatigue during longer sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Cultivation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for tilling, weeding, aerating, and mixing compost or fertilizer into garden soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCorded Electric Convenience:\u003c\/strong\u003e No gas, no oil, no pull‑cords – just plug into a standard 120V outlet and start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== SPECIFICATIONS TABLE ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Electric Tiller Specifications \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"specs-wrapper-et12\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table-et12\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box – Corded Electric Tiller\/Cultivator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor \/ Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack \/ Iron body, manganese steel tines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.87\" × 14.96\" × 22.44\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.83 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.87\" × 14.96\" × 22.44\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.93 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 Amp, 120V (standard US outlet)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo‑Load Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.94 inches (approx. 4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65# Manganese Steel (cross‑structure)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverload Protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – automatic motor shutoff\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable, ergonomic grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Cord\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included (standard extension cord required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"specs-note-row\"\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"2\"\u003e🔄 Return Policy: 7‑day refund\/replacement for quality issues – seller covers return shipping.\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== FAQ (expanded, 5 questions) ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – 12A Electric Tiller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-et12-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-et12-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-et12-q\"\u003e1. What kind of extension cord do I need?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-et12-a\"\u003eUse a heavy‑duty outdoor extension cord rated for at least 15 amps (12 or 14 gauge). Keep the cord length under 100 feet to avoid voltage drop. Always plug into a GFCI‑protected outlet for safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-et12-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-et12-q\"\u003e2. Can this tiller handle hard or clay soil?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-et12-a\"\u003eThe 12A motor and manganese steel tines are effective in moderately compacted soil and established garden beds. For extremely hard or clay soil, we suggest moistening the ground a day prior and making several shallow passes rather than one deep pass. It's not designed for breaking sod but works great for routine cultivation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-et12-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-et12-q\"\u003e3. How do I store it when not in use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-et12-a\"\u003eThe handle folds down easily, reducing the tiller's footprint. Clean the tines after each use to prevent rust, and hang it on a wall hook or store it on a shelf. It fits in most sheds or garages with minimal space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-et12-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-et12-q\"\u003e4. What does the overload protection do exactly?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-et12-a\"\u003eIf the tines hit a large root, rock, or other obstruction, the motor will automatically shut off to prevent internal damage. Simply remove the obstruction, wait a few seconds, and restart the tiller. This feature greatly extends the lifespan of the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-et12-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-et12-q\"\u003e5. Is assembly difficult? What is included?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-et12-a\"\u003eAssembly is minimal – typically attaching the handle and securing the tines. All necessary hardware and tools are included, along with a clear instruction manual. Most customers complete assembly in 10–15 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- warranty summary block --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"warranty-et12-block\"\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003e3‑Month Warranty + 7‑Day Satisfaction Guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manufacturing defects are covered for 3 months from delivery. If you encounter any quality issue within the first 7 days, we'll provide a refund or replacement with return shipping paid by us. Normal wear, misuse, or modifications are not covered.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"policy-et12\"\u003e🔌 \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corded electric tiller – requires a standard 120V outlet and an outdoor extension cord (not included). Always use a GFCI outlet.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52059863417106,"sku":"T3342P449410","price":189.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/31f61ed98a7791f6a820076422b4a3f8.jpg?v=1772090268"},{"product_id":"31cc-4-stroke-tiller-cultivator-adjustable-front-tines","title":"Tiller Cultivator, 31CC 4-Stroke Garden Cultivator, Tiller with 4 Steel Adjustable Front Tines for Lawn, Garden and Field Cultivation","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* Encapsulated styles for 31CC Tiller Cultivator – prefix \"tc31\" *\/\n        .tc31-container {\n            max-width: 1200px;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2c3e4f;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            padding: 20px 24px;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n        }\n        .tc31-container h2 {\n            font-size: 2rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2.2rem 0 1rem;\n            border-bottom: 3px solid #f39c12;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            color: #b45d0e;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n        }\n        .tc31-container h2:first-of-type {\n            margin-top: 0.3rem;\n        }\n        \/* overview block *\/\n        .tc31-overview {\n            background: #fff5e6;\n            padding: 1.8rem 2.2rem;\n            border-radius: 28px;\n            margin: 1rem 0 2rem;\n            border-left: 8px solid #f39c12;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n        }\n        \/* core benefits plain list *\/\n        .core-benefits-tc31 {\n            list-style-type: disc;\n            padding-left: 2rem;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 1.8rem;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n        }\n        .core-benefits-tc31 li {\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n        }\n        \/* feature list with emoji *\/\n        .feature-list-tc31 {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 1rem;\n            margin: 1.8rem 0;\n        }\n        .feature-list-tc31 li {\n            font-size: 1.06rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #f0dbb8;\n            padding-bottom: 0.8rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 0.9rem;\n        }\n        .feature-list-tc31 li:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .feature-list-tc31 .emoji-icon {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            min-width: 2.2rem;\n        }\n        \/* specs table *\/\n        .specs-wrapper-tc31 {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 2rem 0;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            border: 1px solid #f0dbb8;\n            background: #fff;\n        }\n        .specs-table-tc31 {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.98rem;\n            min-width: 560px;\n        }\n        .specs-table-tc31 th {\n            background: #fef0dd;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            padding: 14px 18px;\n            text-align: left;\n            width: 40%;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e2c5a2;\n        }\n        .specs-table-tc31 td {\n            padding: 14px 18px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #f5e1c9;\n            background: #fff;\n        }\n        .specs-table-tc31 tr:last-child th,\n        .specs-table-tc31 tr:last-child td {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .specs-note-row {\n            background: #fff6e8;\n            font-style: italic;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ cards *\/\n        .faq-tc31-grid {\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 1.4rem;\n            margin: 2rem 0;\n        }\n        .faq-tc31-card {\n            background: #fffaf2;\n            padding: 1.3rem 2.2rem;\n            border-radius: 24px;\n            border-left: 5px solid #d68b2c;\n        }\n        .faq-tc31-q {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.12rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n            color: #b45d0e;\n        }\n        .faq-tc31-a {\n            margin: 0;\n            color: #1e3a2a;\n        }\n        \/* warranty \/ policy blocks *\/\n        .policy-tc31 {\n            background: #f3ede5;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.6rem;\n            border-radius: 40px;\n            display: inline-block;\n            margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem;\n            border: 1px solid #d4b69b;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n        }\n        .warranty-tc31-block {\n            background: #eaf0e5;\n            padding: 0.9rem 2rem;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            margin-top: 2rem;\n            border-left: 6px solid #2f7d5a;\n        }\n        \/* mobile *\/\n        @media (max-width: 600px) {\n            .tc31-container {\n                padding: 15px;\n            }\n            .tc31-container h2 {\n                font-size: 1.7rem;\n            }\n            .tc31-overview {\n                padding: 1.3rem 1.5rem;\n            }\n            .faq-tc31-card {\n                padding: 1rem 1.5rem;\n            }\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- entire product description – copy into Shopify --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tc31-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== PRODUCT OVERVIEW ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e31CC 4-Stroke Garden Tiller Cultivator Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tc31-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🌱 Tame your vegetable beds, flower gardens, and small fields with the \u003cstrong\u003e31CC 4‑Stroke Tiller Cultivator\u003c\/strong\u003e – a lightweight, easy‑starting machine designed for homeowners and hobby gardeners. Its powerful EPA‑certified engine runs on straight gas (no mixing), while the four adjustable front tines slice through soil to create a perfect seedbed. The stand‑up operation saves your back, and the protective shield keeps debris at bay. Whether you're opening new rows, mixing in compost, or weeding around plants, this cultivator makes the job quick and enjoyable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- core benefits (plain, no emoji) --\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"core-benefits-tc31\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e31CC 4‑stroke OHV engine – EPA certified, no fuel mixing, lower emissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour adjustable steel tines – 13.4\" working width, 3.9\" tilling depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight aluminum construction – only 39.6 lbs, easy to maneuver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand‑up operation with ergonomic controls – reduces fatigue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.8\" large drive wheels \u0026amp; adjustable skid – smooth transport and depth control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== KEY FEATURES (emoji enhanced) ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🔧 Key Features of This 31CC 4‑Stroke Tiller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"feature-list-tc31\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e⛽\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e31CC 4‑Stroke OHV Engine:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPA‑certified (cert. RZTTS.0314EM-005). Runs on pure gasoline – no oil mixing, less smoke, and quieter than a 2‑stroke.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e13.4\" Tilling Width \/ 3.9\" Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four durable steel tines (adjustable) break soil efficiently for planting, weeding, and aeration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eProtective Tine Shield:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents rocks, soil, and debris from kicking back – safer for you and nearby plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Duty Gearbox \u0026amp; Air Filter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alloy metal gearbox and high‑quality air filter ensure long life and consistent performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🦵\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eStand‑Up Ergonomic Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable handle height; thickened pull cord for reliable starts; handle‑mounted switches and brake for total control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e🛞\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLarge 5.8\" Drive Wheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduce resistance when moving, plus adjustable skid assembly to set exact tilling depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"emoji-icon\"\u003e❄️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEnlarged Heat Dissipation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents overheating during extended use, keeping the engine running smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== SPECIFICATIONS TABLE ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Tiller Cultivator Specifications (31CC Model)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"specs-wrapper-tc31\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table-tc31\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box – Front Tine Cultivator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor \/ Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange \/ Aluminum frame, steel tines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.71\" × 17.13\" × 16.34\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.57 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.71\" × 17.13\" × 16.34\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.67 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4‑Stroke OHV, 31cc, air‑cooled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEPA Certificate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRZTTS.0314EM-005 (valid 50 states)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.38 inches (340 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilling Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9 inches (100 mm) – adjustable via skid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 steel tines, adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive Wheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.8\" diameter, large for easy transport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStarting System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecoil start (thickened pull cord)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnleaded gasoline (no mixing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"specs-note-row\"\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"2\"\u003e🔄 Return Policy: 7‑day refund\/replacement for quality issues – seller covers return shipping.\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== FAQ (expanded, 5 questions) ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – 31CC Tiller Cultivator\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-tc31-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-tc31-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-tc31-q\"\u003e1. Do I need to mix oil and gas for this tiller?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-tc31-a\"\u003eNo – it's a 4‑stroke engine, so you simply pour \u003cstrong\u003estraight unleaded gasoline\u003c\/strong\u003e into the fuel tank. Engine oil is added separately to the crankcase (like a car). This eliminates messy mixing and reduces smoke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-tc31-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-tc31-q\"\u003e2. How do I adjust the tilling depth?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-tc31-a\"\u003eThe tiller has an \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable skid assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e at the front. By raising or lowering the skid, you can set the working depth from 0 to 3.9 inches. Simply loosen the wing nuts, move the skid to the desired position, and retighten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-tc31-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-tc31-q\"\u003e3. Can this cultivator handle hard or rocky soil?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-tc31-a\"\u003eThe 31cc engine and steel tines are ideal for established garden beds and moderately firm soil. For very hard or rocky ground, we suggest moistening the soil a day before and making multiple shallow passes. Avoid large rocks to prevent tire damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-tc31-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-tc31-q\"\u003e4. What maintenance is required?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-tc31-a\"\u003eBasic 4‑stroke care: check engine oil before each use, change oil after the first 5 hours and then every 25 hours, clean air filter regularly, and keep tines free of debris. The manual provides a complete maintenance schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-tc31-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-tc31-q\"\u003e5. Is assembly difficult? What's included?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-tc31-a\"\u003eAssembly is straightforward – typically attaching the handle and tines. All necessary hardware and tools are included, along with an easy‑to‑follow manual. Most customers complete assembly in 15–20 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- warranty summary block --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"warranty-tc31-block\"\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003e3‑Month Warranty + 7‑Day Satisfaction Guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e Covers manufacturing defects for 3 months from delivery. Within 7 days, if you're not satisfied due to quality issues, we'll refund or replace with return shipping paid by us. Normal wear, misuse, or modifications are excluded.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"policy-tc31\"\u003e✅ EPA certified – This engine meets emission standards for all 50 states (including California).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52059868594450,"sku":"T3342P452159","price":249.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/6dd51e54d90effde295f6bd6cb7261fa.jpg?v=1772090919"},{"product_id":"manual-pole-saw-27ft-extendable-fiberglass-8section","title":"27 ft Manual Pole Saw – Extendable Tree Pruner with 65Mn Steel Blade \u0026 8-Section Fiberglass Pole","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ---------- 完全封装样式，避免与Shopify主题冲突 ---------- *\/\n        .manual-pole-saw-container {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1a1a1a;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container *,\n        .manual-pole-saw-container *::before,\n        .manual-pole-saw-container *::after {\n            box-sizing: inherit;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .product-wrapper {\n            width: 100%;\n            padding: 1rem;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .content-inner {\n            max-width: 1280px;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            width: 100%;\n        }\n        \/* 产品视觉标题（非H1） *\/\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .product-visual-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n            margin: 0 0 0.75rem 0;\n            color: #1e2a2f;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container h2 {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            border-left: 4px solid #2e7d32;\n            padding-left: 0.75rem;\n            margin: 1.75rem 0 1rem 0;\n            color: #1e2a2f;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container p {\n            margin: 0 0 1rem 0;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            color: #2c3e2f;\n        }\n        \/* 特点列表 (竖向排列, 便于SEO) *\/\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .feature-list li {\n            background: #f9faf7;\n            margin-bottom: 1rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            border-left: 5px solid #3b8c3a;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 0.75rem;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .feature-list li strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #2c5e2a;\n            min-width: 110px;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .feature-emoji {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            line-height: 1;\n            margin-right: 0.2rem;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .feature-content {\n            flex: 1;\n        }\n        \/* 表格 *\/\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .specs-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n            border-radius: 14px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e8e0;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .specs-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .specs-table th,\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .specs-table td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 0.9rem 1rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e9ece5;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .specs-table th {\n            background-color: #f5f7f2;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #1e3a2f;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .specs-table tr:last-child td,\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .specs-table tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开 *\/\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .faq-item {\n            background: #fefef7;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.2rem 1rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e6dc;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            color: #2b4b2a;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .faq-question:before {\n            content: \"❓\";\n            font-size: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .faq-answer {\n            font-size: 0.96rem;\n            color: #2d3e2c;\n            padding-left: 1.8rem;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .note-badge {\n            background: #f0f4ea;\n            padding: 0.5rem 1rem;\n            border-radius: 30px;\n            font-size: 0.85rem;\n            display: inline-block;\n            margin: 0.5rem 0;\n            color: #456b3e;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container hr {\n            margin: 2rem 0;\n            border: none;\n            border-top: 2px solid #e0e8da;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-container .safety-tip {\n            background: #fef7e0;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1rem;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            font-size: 0.9rem;\n            border-left: 4px solid #f5b042;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 680px) {\n            .manual-pole-saw-container .product-wrapper {\n                padding: 0.75rem;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-container .product-visual-title {\n                font-size: 1.65rem;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-container h2 {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-container .feature-list li {\n                flex-direction: column;\n                gap: 0.25rem;\n                padding: 0.9rem;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-container .feature-list li strong {\n                min-width: auto;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-container .faq-question {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-container .faq-answer {\n                padding-left: 0.5rem;\n            }\n            .specs-table th, .specs-table td {\n                padding: 0.7rem 0.75rem;\n            }\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"manual-pole-saw-container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content-inner\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 视觉产品标题（非H1，避免干扰主题H1） --\u003e\u003c!-- 产品概述：销售型描述，突出安全与实用 --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eNo ladders, no risky climbs.\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're a homeowner, gardener, or weekend arborist dealing with overgrown oaks, tall maples, or hard-to-reach deadwood, this \u003cstrong\u003e27 ft manual pole saw\u003c\/strong\u003e brings every branch down to your level. With 8 adjustable sections, it extends from a compact \u003cstrong\u003e3.87 ft\u003c\/strong\u003e all the way up to \u003cstrong\u003e27 feet\u003c\/strong\u003e — so you can prune high limbs safely from solid ground. The razor-sharp \u003cstrong\u003e65Mn steel blade\u003c\/strong\u003e slices through thick branches while the dual-hook design clears debris and pulls away cut limbs. Lightweight fiberglass pole keeps fatigue low, and metal-threaded connections mean rock-solid stability. Perfect for routine yard maintenance, clearing storm damage, or shaping fruit trees without calling a pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（SEO友好） --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🔧 Key Features – Why This Extendable Pole Saw Stands Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Reach (3.87–27 ft):\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 adjustable fiberglass sections give you ladder-free access to high canopies. Start compact for storage, then add poles until you reach the top — trim dangerous dead branches without ever leaving the ground.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e✂️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Hook 65Mn Steel Blade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered for aggressive pruning, the top hook pulls back entangled branches while chip-clearing holes prevent clogging during cuts. Electroplated rust-proof coating retains sharpness season after season.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e💪\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Yet Durable Build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Φ1.26-inch fiberglass pole is tough enough for heavy limbs yet surprisingly light (total tool weight 14.44 lbs). Reduces arm fatigue during long pruning sessions — ideal for mature yards.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable Metal-Threaded Connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each section locks tight with anti-slip metal threading, so there’s zero wobble. For best control, we recommend trimming at 20 ft (6 poles). Back support is recommended for extended overhead work.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🌲\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Trimming \u0026amp; Safety:\u003c\/strong\u003e Great for deadwood, low-hanging limbs, fruit tree pruning, and clearing view obstructions. Non-conductive fiberglass adds safety near power lines (but always maintain distance).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications – Manual Tree Pruner Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"specs-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual Pole Saw Extendable Pole Tree Pruner (3.87–27 ft, 65Mn Steel Blade)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax Extension Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 ft (8.2 m) – 8 adjustable sections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Length (stowed)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3.87 ft (46.4 inches) – base with saw blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65Mn Steel with electroplated anti-rust coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePole Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiberglass, Φ1.26 inch diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.44 lbs (complete assembly)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.54 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (min. length)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.73 x 6.77 x 4.57 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.73 x 6.77 x 4.57 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Sections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 (saw head + 7 extension poles)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal threaded couplings, tool-free assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Trimming Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 ft (6 poles) for optimal stability \u0026amp; heavy cuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 全部展开，无折叠 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❔ Frequently Asked Questions – Everything You Need to Know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eHow easy is it to assemble the pole saw? Do I need extra tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eAssembly is completely tool-free. Each fiberglass section connects via metal-threaded ends — just twist them together firmly. Start by attaching the first section to the blade unit, then add as many poles as you need. It takes less than 2 minutes to reach the full 27 ft. Disassembly is just as easy for storage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eCan the 65Mn steel blade be replaced or sharpened?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. The dual-hook blade is designed for longevity and can be sharpened with a standard mill file or saw blade sharpener. When it eventually wears out after years of heavy use, replacement blades are widely available (search for “universal dual-hook pole saw blade” or contact us for genuine parts).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eDoes the pole feel flimsy at maximum 27 ft extension? What branches can it handle?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe fiberglass pole remains impressively rigid, but for maximum stability and cutting thick branches (up to 2 inches in diameter), we recommend using up to 20 ft (6 sections). At full 27 ft, it’s best for light trimming and fine branches. The blade itself cuts through green wood and dead limbs efficiently. Always use two hands and consider a back support belt for extended overhead sessions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eIs this pole saw safe to use near power lines or on wet days?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003e⚠️ Never use any pruning tool near power lines — maintain at least 10-15 feet of clearance. While the fiberglass pole is non-conductive, moisture, dirt, or sap can create a conductive path. Avoid using in rain or wet conditions. For absolute safety, check your surroundings and wear rubber-soled shoes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eWhat’s the advantage of the dual-hook blade compared to standard saws?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe top hook acts like a puller — after cutting a branch, you can hook and guide it away from other limbs, preventing it from getting stuck. The small holes along the blade also clear wood chips, reducing friction so you cut faster and cleaner. Ideal for dense canopies and fruit tree pruning.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eIs the weight (14.44 lbs) manageable for one person?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eYes, the overall weight is well distributed along the fiberglass shaft. Compared to extendable aluminum poles of similar length, this model is lighter. Most users can handle 20 ft trimming without issues. For longer sessions, we suggest using a back support harness and taking breaks. The compact collapsed length makes it easy to carry around your property.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"safety-tip\"\u003e🌟 \u003cstrong\u003ePro Tip for Best Performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e For the smoothest cuts, keep the blade clean and apply light lubricant after each use. When working at maximum extension, brace the lowest section against a tree trunk or your body for extra leverage. Also, wearing gloves and safety glasses is always recommended.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"note-badge\"\u003e✅ Ready to take control of your tree care — safe, precise, ladder-free.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52188128477458,"sku":"T3342P480349","price":97.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/5e76fabcd07f4b9f418e39cbaba5a4bf.jpg?v=1775800335"},{"product_id":"manual-pole-saw-extendable-tree-pruner-27ft-2-in-1","title":"Manual Pole Saw, 7.3–27 ft Extendable Tree Pruner, 2-in-1 Saw \u0026 Scissors with Pulley System","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eManual Pole Saw, 7.3–27 ft Extendable Tree Pruner — 2-in-1 Saw \u0026amp; Scissors with Pulley System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrimming high branches usually means hauling out a ladder, balancing on uneven ground, and working with a short-handled saw that barely reaches the branch you need to cut. This manual pole saw eliminates the ladder entirely — extending from 7.3 ft to 27 ft (2.24–8.24 m) in eight fiberglass pole sections, so you can reach and cut branches up to two stories high with both feet safely on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tool is built around a 2-in-1 cutting system: a carbon steel saw blade (1.2 mm \/ 0.05 in. thick, Teflon-coated, rust-proof) with hook knives on both the top and bottom edges for pulling through branches and clearing stuck cuts, paired with sharp Mn steel scissors for snipping twigs and leaves. A compound pulley system with 11.5 ft (3.5 m) of nylon rope operates the scissors from ground level, saving significant effort on repetitive cuts. The eight fiberglass poles connect via double-lock joints for a firm, rattle-free extension, and the assembled tool weighs approximately 13 lb (5.9 kg) — about 10% lighter than comparable steel-pole designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited for trimming palm fronds, fruit tree canopies, oak and maple branches, ornamental shrubs, and overgrown hedges — and collapses to a compact 45 in. (114 cm) package for storage or transport between job sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Suitable for trimming palms, fruit trees, oaks, ornamental shrubs, and high hedges. Operates as a full 27 ft pole saw or as a hand-held saw for lower branches and logs — no ladder required for most residential tree trimming tasks.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This Manual Pole Saw\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7.3–27 ft Adjustable Reach:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eight fiberglass pole sections extend the saw from 7.3 ft (2.24 m) for low branches up to 27 ft (8.24 m) for second-story canopy work — covers the full range of residential tree trimming without a ladder.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔒\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-Lock Joints:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pole section locks with a dual-locking mechanism that keeps the extension firm and rattle-free under cutting load — no slipping or loosening mid-cut even at full extension.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔪\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Steel Saw Blade with Teflon Coating:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1.2 mm thick carbon steel blade is rust-proof and features hook knives on both the top and bottom edges — the top hook pulls twigs clear on the backstroke, the bottom hook frees stuck branches during cutting.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e✂️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMn Steel Scissors with Pulley System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sharp manganese steel scissors handle twig and leaf cutting from ground level via a compound pulley with 11.5 ft (3.5 m) of nylon rope — the mechanical advantage of the pulley significantly reduces the effort needed for repetitive cuts.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Fiberglass Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e At approximately 13 lb (5.9 kg), the fiberglass pole assembly is about 10% lighter than comparable steel-pole designs, reducing arm fatigue during extended trimming sessions at full extension.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧳\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Storage at 45 in.:\u003c\/strong\u003e Disassembles into eight sections that pack down to 45 × 7.7 × 4.1 in. (114 × 19.5 × 10.4 cm) — fits in a truck bed, garage corner, or storage shed without taking up significant floor space.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFiberglass pole sections × 8 (assembles to 7.3–27 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbon steel saw blade (Teflon-coated) × 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMn steel scissors × 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompound pulley system with 11.5 ft nylon rope × 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌴\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePalm \u0026amp; Fruit Tree Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eReach palm fronds and fruit tree canopies up to 27 ft without a ladder — the pulley-operated scissors handle frond and twig removal while the saw blade tackles thicker branches in the same session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHomeowners with Mature Trees\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eTrim overhanging oak, maple, and ornamental tree branches from the ground — the double-lock joints keep the pole rigid at full extension so you can apply cutting pressure without the pole flexing or collapsing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShrub \u0026amp; Hedge Maintainers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eCollapse the pole to a shorter working length for shrub and hedge trimming at mid-height — the same tool handles both ground-level pruning and high-canopy work without switching equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDIY Landscapers \u0026amp; Property Managers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compact 45 in. packed length and 13 lb weight make this practical for transporting between multiple properties or storing in a standard vehicle without a roof rack or trailer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReach Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.3 ft–27 ft (2.24–8.24 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Pole Sections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 fiberglass sections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSaw Blade Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon steel, Teflon-coated, rust-proof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 mm (0.05 in.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScissors Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMn (manganese) steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRope Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 ft (3.5 m) nylon, compound pulley system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~13 lb (5.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.1 × 7.7 × 4.1 in. (114.5 × 19.5 × 10.4 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~16.5 lb (7.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePalms, fruit trees, oaks, ornamental shrubs, hedges, logs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow high can this pole saw reach?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt full extension with all eight fiberglass sections assembled, the pole saw reaches 27 ft (8.24 m) from the ground. This is sufficient for most second-story branch trimming without a ladder. At minimum extension, the tool starts at 7.3 ft (2.24 m) and can also be used as a hand-held saw for lower branches and logs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the pulley system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compound pulley system connects to the Mn steel scissors at the top of the pole via 11.5 ft (3.5 m) of nylon rope. Pulling the rope from ground level closes the scissors, allowing you to cut twigs and small branches without climbing. The mechanical advantage of the compound pulley reduces the force required for each cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this as a hand-held saw for lower branches?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The pole saw can be used at minimum extension (7.3 ft) or with fewer sections assembled for mid-height work, and the saw blade can be used as a hand-held pruning saw for lower branches, brushes, and small logs when the pole is fully collapsed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do the double-lock joints work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach pole section connects to the next via a dual-locking mechanism that engages when the sections are twisted and clicked into position. The double-lock design keeps the joint firm under cutting load and prevents the pole from loosening or rotating during use at full extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the saw blade replaceable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carbon steel blade is Teflon-coated for rust resistance and long service life. If the blade becomes dull over time, standard pole saw replacement blades with compatible mounting dimensions can typically be fitted. Contact us to confirm compatibility before ordering a replacement blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to assemble and disassemble?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly and disassembly of the eight pole sections typically takes a few minutes. The double-lock joints engage and release without tools — twist to lock, reverse-twist to release. The packed dimensions of 45 × 7.7 × 4.1 in. make it straightforward to store in a garage, shed, or vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat types of branches can this saw cut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carbon steel saw blade is suited for cutting live and dry branches on palms, fruit trees, oaks, maples, and ornamental shrubs. The Mn steel scissors handle twigs and small-diameter growth. For very thick hardwood branches (generally over 4–6 in. diameter), a chainsaw or larger cutting tool may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy is the assembled pole saw?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe assembled pole saw weighs approximately 13 lb (5.9 kg), which is about 10% lighter than comparable steel-pole designs. The fiberglass construction distributes weight along the pole length, but extended use at full 27 ft extension will require some upper body strength. Taking breaks during long trimming sessions is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Add to cart above and start trimming safely from the ground.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52188131918098,"sku":"T3342P388234","price":133.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/83469498d9253486803c3ca5edc83b95.jpg?v=1775801270"},{"product_id":"as-multi-tool-6in1-hedge-trimmer-pole-saw-43cc","title":"43CC 6-in-1 Gas-Powered Multi-Tool | Hedge Trimmer, Pole Saw, Brush Cutter \u0026 String Trimmer – 2-Stroke Engine","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ---------- 完全封装样式，避免与Shopify主题冲突 ---------- *\/\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1a1a1a;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 *,\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 *::before,\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 *::after {\n            box-sizing: inherit;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .product-wrapper {\n            width: 100%;\n            padding: 1rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .content-inner {\n            max-width: 1280px;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            width: 100%;\n        }\n        \/* 视觉产品标题（非H1） *\/\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .product-visual-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n            margin: 0 0 0.75rem 0;\n            color: #c55100;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n            border-left: 4px solid #e67e22;\n            padding-left: 0.8rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 h2 {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            border-left: 4px solid #e67e22;\n            padding-left: 0.75rem;\n            margin: 1.75rem 0 1rem 0;\n            color: #2c3e2f;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 p {\n            margin: 0 0 1rem 0;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            color: #2c3e2f;\n        }\n        \/* 特点列表 *\/\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .feature-list li {\n            background: #fef6ef;\n            margin-bottom: 1rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            border-left: 5px solid #e67e22;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 0.75rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .feature-list li strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #c55100;\n            min-width: 130px;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .feature-emoji {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            line-height: 1;\n            margin-right: 0.2rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .feature-content {\n            flex: 1;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .specs-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n            border-radius: 14px;\n            border: 1px solid #f0dcc8;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .specs-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .specs-table th,\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .specs-table td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 0.9rem 1rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #f0dcc8;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .specs-table th {\n            background-color: #fef3ea;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #a55217;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .specs-table tr:last-child td,\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .specs-table tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开 *\/\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .faq-item {\n            background: #fffdf8;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.2rem 1rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            border: 1px solid #f5e2d2;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            color: #b3581c;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .faq-question:before {\n            content: \"❓\";\n            font-size: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .faq-answer {\n            font-size: 0.96rem;\n            color: #3a2c1f;\n            padding-left: 1.8rem;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .note-badge {\n            background: #fef2e6;\n            padding: 0.5rem 1rem;\n            border-radius: 30px;\n            font-size: 0.85rem;\n            display: inline-block;\n            margin: 0.5rem 0;\n            color: #b95f12;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 hr {\n            margin: 2rem 0;\n            border: none;\n            border-top: 2px solid #f5e2d2;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-6in1 .safety-tip {\n            background: #fef0e2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1rem;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            font-size: 0.9rem;\n            border-left: 4px solid #e67e22;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 680px) {\n            .gas-multitool-6in1 .product-wrapper {\n                padding: 0.75rem;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-6in1 .product-visual-title {\n                font-size: 1.65rem;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-6in1 h2 {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-6in1 .feature-list li {\n                flex-direction: column;\n                gap: 0.25rem;\n                padding: 0.9rem;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-6in1 .feature-list li strong {\n                min-width: auto;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-6in1 .faq-question {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-6in1 .faq-answer {\n                padding-left: 0.5rem;\n            }\n            .specs-table th, .specs-table td {\n                padding: 0.7rem 0.75rem;\n            }\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gas-multitool-6in1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content-inner\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 视觉产品标题（非H1，避免干扰主题原有标题） --\u003e\u003c!-- 产品概述：销售型描述，突出多功能与场景 --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🌲 \u003cstrong\u003eOne machine. Six attachments. Your whole property is tamed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're clearing overgrown brush, shaping hedges, edging walkways, or pruning high branches with the pole saw, this \u003cstrong\u003e43CC 6-in-1 gas-powered multi-tool\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces half your garage. The 2-stroke engine delivers 8500 RPM for aggressive cutting, while the 270° rotating head lets you trim at any angle. No cords, no batteries dying — just reliable gas power that runs nearly \u003cstrong\u003e40 minutes on a full tank\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ideal for homeowners with large yards, hobby farmers, and landscape maintenance pros who need one tool to handle hedges, weeds, brush, edges, and overhead limbs. Save money, space, and time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（SEO友好） --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🔧 Key Features – Why the 43CC 6-in-1 Gas Trimmer is a Game Changer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e43CC 2-Stroke Engine – 8500 RPM:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powerful gas motor with strong magnetic ignition for easy startup. The hedge trimmer blade speed reaches 6500 RPM, giving you clean, fast cuts through thick branches, dense shrubs, and heavy weeds.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-in-1 Versatility – All Attachments Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with hedge trimmer, pole saw (chainsaw pruner), brush cutter (metal blade), string trimmer head, edger, and pruner. Swap heads in seconds — no need to buy separate tools for trimming, sawing, edging, or weeding.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e⛽\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Runtime – 40 Minutes Per Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fuel-powered design means you can work continuously without waiting for batteries to recharge. Perfect for large properties, overgrown lots, or commercial landscaping jobs. Refuel and keep going.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🪚\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole Saw \u0026amp; Extension Pole Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach the chainsaw pruner head and extension pole to reach high branches safely from the ground. Ideal for pruning trees, cutting overhead limbs, and storm cleanup — no ladder required.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfort \u0026amp; Safety Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single shoulder strap reduces fatigue during extended use. Includes protective gloves and ear protectors to keep you safe from noise and debris. 270° adjustable head lets you trim hedges at the perfect angle without straining your back.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications – 43CC 6-in-1 Gas Multi-Tool Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"specs-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43CC 6-in-1 Multi-Functional Trimming Tool (Gas Hedge Trimmer \/ Pole Saw \/ Brush Cutter \/ String Trimmer \/ Edger)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-stroke, air-cooled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43 cc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Speed (RPM)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8500 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Speed (Hedge Trimmer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Runtime (full tank)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 40 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStart System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrong magnetic ignition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Rotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270° adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Attachments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHedge trimmer, pole saw\/chain saw pruner, brush cutter (metal blade), string trimmer head, edger, pruner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtension Pole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (for pole saw \u0026amp; pruner)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHarness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtective gloves + ear protectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack + Orange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron (engine body \u0026amp; attachments)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44.88 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.99 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.60 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.91 lbs (complete set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44.88 x 12.99 x 12.60 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.01 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 全部展开，消除购买疑虑 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❔ Frequently Asked Questions – Gas Trimmer \u0026amp; Pole Saw Edition\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eHow do I start the 43CC gas engine? Is it hard to pull?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe strong magnetic ignition makes starting much easier than older gas trimmers. Follow the included manual: prime the bulb (if equipped), set the choke, and pull the starter cord smoothly. Most users get it running within 2–3 pulls. Use fresh 2-stroke oil mix (40:1 ratio recommended).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eDoes the pole saw attachment really work for high branches? How high can I reach?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eYes — the included extension pole attaches to the chainsaw pruner head, giving you reach up to roughly 12–14 feet (depending on your height). You can trim overhead limbs safely from the ground. The 43CC engine provides plenty of torque for branches up to 6–8 inches thick.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eIs it difficult to switch between the 6 attachments?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eNot at all. Each attachment connects via a simple coupler system — loosen the locking collar, slide off one head, slide on the next, and tighten. No extra tools required. You can go from hedge trimming to pole saw to string trimming in under a minute.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eWhat maintenance does this gas multi-tool need?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eBasic 2-stroke engine care: use clean fuel with quality oil, clean or replace the air filter every season, check the spark plug yearly, and keep attachments clean. The manual includes a full maintenance schedule. Store with an empty fuel tank for long-term storage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eIs it safe to use the hedge trimmer overhead?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe 270° rotating head allows you to angle the trimmer for overhead or side cuts comfortably. Always wear the included gloves, ear protectors, and safety glasses. The single shoulder strap helps distribute weight, reducing arm fatigue. Never use near power lines.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eWhat’s included in the box? Do I need to buy anything extra?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe complete kit includes: power head, hedge trimmer attachment, pole saw (chain saw) attachment with extension pole, brush cutter metal blade, string trimmer head, edger guide, pruner head, shoulder strap, protective gloves, ear protectors, and tool kit. You only need to supply 2-stroke oil and gasoline.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 专业使用提示 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"safety-tip\"\u003e🌟 \u003cstrong\u003ePro Tip – Get the Most from Your 6-in-1 Gas Tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always use a 40:1 gas-to-oil mix (or as specified in the manual). Let the engine warm up for 30 seconds before heavy cutting. Clean debris from the air filter after each use. For tough brush, use the metal brush cutter blade; for grass and light weeds, the string trimmer head is faster.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"note-badge\"\u003e✅ Ready to replace five tools with one? Order your 43CC 6-in-1 Gas Multi-Tool today and tackle every yard job with confidence.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52188140306706,"sku":"T3342P447011","price":284.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/6f7293345ede19d207530b434bae7826.jpg?v=1775801887"},{"product_id":"gas-multi-tool-6in1-hedge-trimmer-pole-saw-26cc","title":"26CC 6-in-1 Gas Multi-Tool | Hedge Trimmer + Pole Saw + Brush Cutter + String Trimmer + Edger – Lightweight Aluminum","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ---------- 完全封装样式，避免与Shopify主题冲突 ---------- *\/\n        .gas-multitool-26cc {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1a1a1a;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc *,\n        .gas-multitool-26cc *::before,\n        .gas-multitool-26cc *::after {\n            box-sizing: inherit;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .product-wrapper {\n            width: 100%;\n            padding: 1rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .content-inner {\n            max-width: 1280px;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            width: 100%;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .product-visual-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n            margin: 0 0 0.75rem 0;\n            color: #c55100;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n            border-left: 4px solid #e67e22;\n            padding-left: 0.8rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc h2 {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            border-left: 4px solid #e67e22;\n            padding-left: 0.75rem;\n            margin: 1.75rem 0 1rem 0;\n            color: #2c3e2f;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc p {\n            margin: 0 0 1rem 0;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            color: #2c3e2f;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .feature-list li {\n            background: #fef6ef;\n            margin-bottom: 1rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            border-left: 5px solid #e67e22;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 0.75rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .feature-list li strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #c55100;\n            min-width: 130px;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .feature-emoji {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            line-height: 1;\n            margin-right: 0.2rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .feature-content {\n            flex: 1;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .specs-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n            border-radius: 14px;\n            border: 1px solid #f0dcc8;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .specs-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .specs-table th,\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .specs-table td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 0.9rem 1rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #f0dcc8;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .specs-table th {\n            background-color: #fef3ea;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #a55217;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .specs-table tr:last-child td,\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .specs-table tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .faq-item {\n            background: #fffdf8;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.2rem 1rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            border: 1px solid #f5e2d2;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            color: #b3581c;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .faq-question:before {\n            content: \"❓\";\n            font-size: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .faq-answer {\n            font-size: 0.96rem;\n            color: #3a2c1f;\n            padding-left: 1.8rem;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .note-badge {\n            background: #fef2e6;\n            padding: 0.5rem 1rem;\n            border-radius: 30px;\n            font-size: 0.85rem;\n            display: inline-block;\n            margin: 0.5rem 0;\n            color: #b95f12;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc hr {\n            margin: 2rem 0;\n            border: none;\n            border-top: 2px solid #f5e2d2;\n        }\n        .gas-multitool-26cc .safety-tip {\n            background: #fef0e2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1rem;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            font-size: 0.9rem;\n            border-left: 4px solid #e67e22;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 680px) {\n            .gas-multitool-26cc .product-wrapper {\n                padding: 0.75rem;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-26cc .product-visual-title {\n                font-size: 1.65rem;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-26cc h2 {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-26cc .feature-list li {\n                flex-direction: column;\n                gap: 0.25rem;\n                padding: 0.9rem;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-26cc .feature-list li strong {\n                min-width: auto;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-26cc .faq-question {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .gas-multitool-26cc .faq-answer {\n                padding-left: 0.5rem;\n            }\n            .specs-table th, .specs-table td {\n                padding: 0.7rem 0.75rem;\n            }\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gas-multitool-26cc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content-inner\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 视觉产品标题（非H1） --\u003e\u003c!-- 产品概述：简洁销售型 --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eOne tool, six jobs, zero clutter.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 26CC 6-in-1 gas trimmer replaces your hedge trimmer, pole saw, brush cutter, string trimmer, and edger. Lightweight aluminum construction (just 35.8 lbs) and a 270° rotating head let you tackle hedges, overhead limbs, thick brush, and lawn edges with one machine. The 2-stroke engine runs \u003cstrong\u003e40 minutes per tank\u003c\/strong\u003e with easy magnetic ignition. Perfect for homeowners with medium to large yards who want professional results without buying five separate tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🔧 Key Features – 26CC 6-in-1 Gas Trimmer \u0026amp; Pole Saw\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e26CC 2-Stroke Engine – 8500 RPM:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powerful enough for dense hedges and small branches. Magnetic ignition for easy starts. Blade speed hits 6500 RPM for clean cuts.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 Attachments Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hedge trimmer, pole saw (chainsaw pruner), brush cutter (metal blade), string trimmer head, edger, and pruner. Swap heads in seconds — no tools needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e⛽\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40-Minute Runtime:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gas-powered means no battery anxiety. Refuel quickly and keep working across large properties.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🌲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole Saw \u0026amp; Extension Pole:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reach high branches safely from the ground. Ideal for tree pruning and storm cleanup.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfort \u0026amp; Safety Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shoulder strap reduces fatigue. Includes gloves + ear protectors. 270° rotating head for angled trimming.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications – 26CC Gas Multi-Tool\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"specs-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem Code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT3342P450151\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26CC 2-stroke, 8500 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500 RPM (hedge trimmer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStart System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic ignition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Runtime\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~40 min per tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Rotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttachments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHedge trimmer, pole saw, brush cutter, string trimmer, edger, pruner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtension Pole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (for pole saw)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHarness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety Gear\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGloves + ear protectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum (lightweight)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack + Orange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.81 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.91 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Size (LxWxH)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.91 x 12.60 x 11.81 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 全部展开 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❔ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eHow easy is it to switch attachments?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eVery easy — just loosen the collar, pull off one head, slide on another, and tighten. No extra tools. Takes under a minute to go from hedge trimmer to pole saw.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eDoes the pole saw reach high branches?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eYes. The included extension pole adds reach — you can trim overhead limbs up to ~12 feet safely from the ground. The chainsaw head cuts branches up to 6\" thick.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eIs 26CC powerful enough for thick brush?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. It handles dense hedges, overgrown weeds, and light brush with ease. For very heavy thickets, use the metal brush cutter blade. For large trees, the pole saw works well on limbs up to 6\".\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eWhat maintenance does it need?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eBasic 2-stroke care: use fresh fuel with quality oil (40:1 mix recommended), clean air filter regularly, check spark plug yearly. Store with an empty tank for long periods.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eIs the shoulder strap comfortable for long jobs?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eYes — the single strap distributes weight across your shoulder, reducing arm fatigue. Combined with the lightweight aluminum body (35.8 lbs), most users can work for hours comfortably.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"safety-tip\"\u003e🌟 \u003cstrong\u003ePro Tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always wear the included gloves and ear protection. Let the engine warm up for 30 seconds before heavy cutting. Clean debris from the air filter after each use for maximum engine life.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"note-badge\"\u003e✅ Ready to simplify your yard work? Order the 26CC 6-in-1 Gas Multi-Tool today.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52188379447570,"sku":"T3342P450151","price":249.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/6fa18421bad64dc65136da6db54f4e93.jpg?v=1775802719"},{"product_id":"manual-pole-saw-extendable-fiberglass-teflon-blade","title":"Manual Pole Saw – 7.3–27 ft Extendable Tree Pruner | Lightweight 11 lbs, Double-Lock Fiberglass Poles \u0026 Teflon Steel Blade","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ---------- 完全封装样式，避免与Shopify主题冲突 ---------- *\/\n        .manual-pole-saw-red {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1a1a1a;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red *,\n        .manual-pole-saw-red *::before,\n        .manual-pole-saw-red *::after {\n            box-sizing: inherit;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .product-wrapper {\n            width: 100%;\n            padding: 1rem;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .content-inner {\n            max-width: 1280px;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            width: 100%;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .product-visual-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n            margin: 0 0 0.75rem 0;\n            color: #b33c1f;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n            border-left: 4px solid #e35f21;\n            padding-left: 0.8rem;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red h2 {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            border-left: 4px solid #e35f21;\n            padding-left: 0.75rem;\n            margin: 1.75rem 0 1rem 0;\n            color: #2c3e2f;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red p {\n            margin: 0 0 1rem 0;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            color: #2c3e2f;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .feature-list li {\n            background: #fef5f0;\n            margin-bottom: 1rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            border-left: 5px solid #e35f21;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 0.75rem;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .feature-list li strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #c2451a;\n            min-width: 130px;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .feature-emoji {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            line-height: 1;\n            margin-right: 0.2rem;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .feature-content {\n            flex: 1;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .specs-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n            border-radius: 14px;\n            border: 1px solid #f0d8cc;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .specs-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .specs-table th,\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .specs-table td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 0.9rem 1rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #f0d8cc;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .specs-table th {\n            background-color: #fef3ed;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #a5421c;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .specs-table tr:last-child td,\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .specs-table tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .faq-item {\n            background: #fffdf9;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.2rem 1rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            border: 1px solid #f5e0d4;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            color: #b54a20;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .faq-question:before {\n            content: \"❓\";\n            font-size: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .faq-answer {\n            font-size: 0.96rem;\n            color: #3a2c1f;\n            padding-left: 1.8rem;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .note-badge {\n            background: #fef2e6;\n            padding: 0.5rem 1rem;\n            border-radius: 30px;\n            font-size: 0.85rem;\n            display: inline-block;\n            margin: 0.5rem 0;\n            color: #b95f12;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red hr {\n            margin: 2rem 0;\n            border: none;\n            border-top: 2px solid #f5e0d4;\n        }\n        .manual-pole-saw-red .safety-tip {\n            background: #fef0e2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1rem;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            font-size: 0.9rem;\n            border-left: 4px solid #e35f21;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 680px) {\n            .manual-pole-saw-red .product-wrapper {\n                padding: 0.75rem;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-red .product-visual-title {\n                font-size: 1.65rem;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-red h2 {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-red .feature-list li {\n                flex-direction: column;\n                gap: 0.25rem;\n                padding: 0.9rem;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-red .feature-list li strong {\n                min-width: auto;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-red .faq-question {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .manual-pole-saw-red .faq-answer {\n                padding-left: 0.5rem;\n            }\n            .specs-table th, .specs-table td {\n                padding: 0.7rem 0.75rem;\n            }\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"manual-pole-saw-red\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content-inner\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 视觉产品标题（非H1） --\u003e\u003c!-- 产品概述：简洁销售型，突出安全、轻量、多功能 --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🌳 \u003cstrong\u003eNo ladder. No fatigue. Just clean cuts from solid ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're trimming tall palm fronds, pruning fruit trees, or clearing storm-damaged limbs, this \u003cstrong\u003e7.3–27 ft manual pole saw\u003c\/strong\u003e puts high branches within easy reach. The 8 lightweight fiberglass poles weigh just \u003cstrong\u003e11 lbs total\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10% lighter than traditional models — so you can work longer without arm strain. The Teflon-coated carbon steel blade stays sharp season after season, while double-lock joints keep every section rock-solid. Ideal for homeowners, gardeners, and property managers who want safe, professional pruning without the risk of climbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（SEO友好） --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🔧 Key Features – 27 ft Extendable Tree Pruner\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable 7.3–27 ft Reach:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 fiberglass sections let you go from a compact hand saw (7.3 ft) to an extended 27 ft pole. Trim high palms, then detach poles for low shrubs and logs — one tool does it all.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🔒\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-Lock Joints – Rock Solid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pole section locks firmly with a dual-locking mechanism. No wobble, no accidental collapse. The connections are reinforced with screws for added safety.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🗡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Teflon-Coated Blade:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.05\" thick carbon steel, rust-proof and long-lasting. The top hook clears twigs when pulled back; the bottom hook removes stuck branches during cutting. Efficient and precise.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🕊️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Lightweight Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e At just 11 lbs (5.1 kg), this pole saw reduces fatigue by 10% vs. standard models. The fiberglass poles are strong but easy to maneuver for extended pruning sessions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe \u0026amp; Secure Handling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable grip and insulated pole connections protect against incidental contact. Reinforced screws keep the saw head firmly attached — no loosening, no injuries.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications – Manual Pole Saw \u0026amp; Tree Pruner\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"specs-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual Pole Saw, 7.3-27 ft Extendable Tree Pruner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtension Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.3 ft to 27 ft (2.24 m – 8.24 m) – 8 fiberglass poles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon steel with Teflon coating, 0.05\" \/ 1.2 mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual hooks (top \u0026amp; bottom) for clearing twigs \u0026amp; branches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePole Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiberglass, lightweight \u0026amp; durable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLocking System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-lock joints + reinforced screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle \u0026amp; Insulation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComfort grip, insulated connections for safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight (tool only)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 lbs (5.1 kg) – 10% lighter than standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.37 lbs (includes packaging)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Length (min)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.46 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.27 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.31 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.46 x 8.27 x 5.31 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Sections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 (saw head + 7 extension poles)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 全部展开，消除购买疑虑 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❔ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eHow easy is it to assemble the 8 poles?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eVery easy — each section connects with double-lock joints. Just push and twist until you hear two clicks. No tools required. You can assemble the full 27 ft in under 2 minutes. Disassembly is just as quick for storage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eIs the 11 lb weight really manageable for overhead use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. At 11 lbs, this is one of the lightest 27 ft manual pole saws on the market. The fiberglass poles are well-balanced, and most users can trim for an hour without fatigue. For very long sessions, we recommend taking breaks and using two hands at maximum extension.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eWhat branches can the Teflon blade handle?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe 0.05\" thick carbon steel blade cuts through green and dry branches up to 2 inches in diameter with ease. The dual-hook design helps pull away cut limbs and clear debris. For larger branches, use a sawing motion and let the blade do the work.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eIs the pole saw safe to use near power lines?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003e⚠️ Never use any pruning tool near power lines — maintain at least 15 feet of clearance. The fiberglass poles are non-conductive, but moisture, dirt, or sap can create a path. Always check your surroundings and avoid wet conditions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eHow do I maintain the blade and poles?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eAfter each use, wipe the blade with a cloth to remove sap. Apply light oil to prevent rust. Rinse the fiberglass poles with fresh water if they get dirty. Store in a dry place. The Teflon coating resists corrosion, but basic care extends blade life.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eCan I use this as a handheld saw without all the poles?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eYes — simply use only the first section (7.3 ft) or remove poles to create a compact hand saw. It works great for pruning lower branches, bushes, and even cutting small logs on the ground.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 实用提示 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"safety-tip\"\u003e🌟 \u003cstrong\u003ePro Tip – Palm \u0026amp; High Branch Pruning:\u003c\/strong\u003e For palm fronds, use a steady pulling motion with the top hook. For thicker branches, let the blade's bottom hook clear wood chips every few strokes. Always wear safety glasses and gloves. Store the pole saw in a dry place to maximize fiberglass life.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"note-badge\"\u003e✅ Ready to take control of your trees? Order the 27 ft manual pole saw today – lightweight, safe, and built to last.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52188459925778,"sku":"T3342P451023","price":122.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/2fe314a81e6032af329af6fa30a482e7.jpg?v=1775804239"},{"product_id":"tow-behind-dethatcher-60-inch-tow-dethatcher-with-24-steel-tines-lawn-dethatcher-rake-for-atv-or-mower-tow-behind-lawn-rake-with-lift-handle-for-leaves-pine-needles-and-grass","title":"Tow Behind Dethatcher, 60-inch Tow Dethatcher with 24 Steel Tines, Lawn Dethatcher Rake for ATV or Mower, Tow Behind Lawn Rake with Lift Handle for Leaves, Pine Needles, and Grass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"description\" content=\"60-inch tow behind dethatcher with 24 heat-treated steel tines. Cleans thatch, leaves, pine needles. Compatible with ATV or mower. Lift handle, inflatable tires.\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- No external fonts - pure performance --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- BEGIN PRODUCT BLOCK - 60-INCH TOW BEHIND DETHATCHER --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- Product Overview Section --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"dethatcher-product-title\"\u003e🌾 Tow Behind Dethatcher – 60-Inch Lawn Dethatcher with 24 Steel Tines for ATV or Mower | Tow Behind Lawn Rake with Lift Handle for Leaves, Pine Needles \u0026amp; Thatch\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-description-text\"\u003eTransform your lawn care routine with the \u003cstrong\u003e60-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher\u003c\/strong\u003e – the heavy-duty solution for homeowners with large yards, acreages, or properties with excessive thatch, leaves, and pine needles. Say goodbye to hours of back-breaking raking. This wide 60-inch working width dethatcher efficiently pulls up dead grass, thatch, and debris, allowing your lawn to breathe and absorb water and nutrients. Featuring 24 heat-treated steel tines, a durable welded steel frame, and inflatable tires for smooth towing, it's built to handle the toughest lawn maintenance tasks. Simply hitch it to your ATV, lawn tractor, or mower, and cover acres in minutes. The convenient lift handle lets you raise the tines when transporting or not in use, protecting both the tines and your lawn. Perfect for homeowners, ranchers, and property managers looking for a fast, effective, and eco-friendly way to rejuvenate their turf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Product Features - vertical layout for SEO \u0026 readability --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-section-title\"\u003e✨ Why This Tow Behind Dethatcher Is a Game-Changer for Your Lawn\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"dethatcher-features-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🌾\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePowerful 60-Inch Working Width\u003c\/strong\u003e – Cover large areas quickly with a wide 60-inch dethatching path. Far more efficient than traditional hand rakes or push-behind units – perfect for acreages and large lawns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e24 Heat-Treated Steel Tines\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built with 24 durable, sharp steel tines that are heat-treated for extra strength. Effectively removes thatch, dead grass, leaves, pine needles, hay, and other debris without bending or breaking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Welded Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Thickened steel frame with welded connections ensures the unit stays intact and deformation-free even under heavy use. Built to last for years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🚜\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWide Compatibility with ATV or Mower\u003c\/strong\u003e – Features a 0.98\" pin spacing at the connecting interface, allowing easy attachment to most ATVs, lawn tractors, garden tractors, or riding mowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConvenient Lift Handle for Easy Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e – The integrated lift handle lets you raise or lower the tines on the go. Raise them for transport or when crossing driveways, lower them for dethatching. Protects tines when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🛞\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInflatable Tires for Smooth Towing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Equipped with inflatable rubber tires that provide excellent flotation and smooth maneuverability across uneven terrain, even at higher towing speeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable Tines for Long-Term Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Individual tines can be easily replaced with simple tools if they become damaged or worn over time – extend the life of your dethatcher.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Specifications Table (Country of Origin omitted as requested) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-section-title\"\u003e📏 Specifications – 60-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"dethatcher-specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem Code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT3342P309881\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher with 24 Steel Tines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Tines\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 heat-treated steel tines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeat-treated steel (thickened)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWelded steel, deformation-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHitch Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.98\" pin spacing – fits most ATVs, lawn tractors, and riding mowers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTire Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflatable rubber tires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLift Mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvenient lift handle (raises\/lowers tines)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Replacement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUser-replaceable with simple tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61.20\" L x 15.54\" W x 5.30\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72.72 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62.20\" L x 16.54\" W x 6.30\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73.72 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimal (hitch attachment, tine check – instructions included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ Section - all expanded to avoid accordion conflicts --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Tow Behind Dethatcher\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-faq-question\"\u003e🚜 Will this dethatcher fit my lawn tractor or ATV?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-faq-answer\"\u003eYes. The dethatcher features a standard 0.98-inch pin spacing at the hitch connection, making it compatible with most ATVs, lawn tractors, garden tractors, and riding mowers. Always check your vehicle's hitch specifications before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-faq-question\"\u003e🌾 How often should I dethatch my lawn? When is the best time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-faq-answer\"\u003eFor cool-season grasses, dethatch in early spring or early fall. For warm-season grasses, dethatch in late spring after the lawn has fully greened up. Most lawns benefit from dethatching once per year. If your thatch layer is thicker than ½ inch, it's time to dethatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-faq-question\"\u003e🔧 How do I raise and lower the tines? Does the lift handle work while moving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-faq-answer\"\u003eYes. The integrated lift handle allows you to raise or lower the tines while towing. Lower the tines for dethatching, and raise them when crossing driveways, sidewalks, or transporting between areas. This feature protects both the tines and your lawn from unnecessary wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-faq-question\"\u003e🛞 Are the tires durable? Do they go flat easily?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-faq-answer\"\u003eThe dethatcher comes with high-quality inflatable rubber tires designed for rugged use. They provide excellent flotation and reduce ground pressure. While they are durable, they can occasionally get a flat – we recommend checking tire pressure before each use and keeping a small air pump handy for long-term maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-faq-question\"\u003e🔩 Can I replace individual tines if they bend or break?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. The tines are user-replaceable with simple tools (wrench). Replacement tines are available separately. This design extends the life of your dethatcher – you don't need to replace the entire unit if a few tines get damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-faq-question\"\u003e🌧️ Should I dethatch before or after aerating? Does it work on wet grass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-faq-answer\"\u003eFor best results, dethatch when the lawn is slightly moist but not soaking wet. Dethatching before aerating is recommended – it removes debris so the aerator can penetrate more effectively. Avoid dethatching on very wet or muddy lawns, as the tines may pull up live grass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Additional Feature Highlights --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-highlights\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-section-title\"\u003e🎯 Key Benefits at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-highlights-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🌾\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e60\" Wide Swath\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovers acres quickly – saves hours of raking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e24 Steel Tines\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat-treated for strength \u0026amp; durability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLift Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaise\/lower tines on the go\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🚜\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Hitch\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits most ATVs, tractors \u0026amp; mowers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🛞\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInflatable Tires\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth towing over any terrain\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- SEO hidden note --\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-hidden=\"true\" style=\"display: none;\" class=\"dethatcher-seo-note\"\u003etow behind dethatcher, 60 inch dethatcher, lawn dethatcher rake, ATV dethatcher, tow behind lawn rake, steel tine dethatcher, thatch remover\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- END PRODUCT BLOCK --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n    \/* ----- Encapsulated styles with prefix \"dethatcher-\" to avoid theme conflicts ----- *\/\n    .dethatcher-container {\n        max-width: 1280px;\n        margin: 0 auto;\n        padding: 24px 20px 48px 20px;\n        background: transparent;\n        box-sizing: border-box;\n        font-family: inherit;\n        line-height: 1.45;\n        color: #3a4a3a;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-container * {\n        box-sizing: border-box;\n    }\n    \/* Headings *\/\n    .dethatcher-product-title {\n        font-size: 1.9rem;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        margin: 0 0 0.5rem 0;\n        letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n        color: #4a6e3a;\n        line-height: 1.3;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-section-title {\n        font-size: 1.7rem;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        margin: 1.5rem 0 1rem 0;\n        padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n        border-bottom: 2px solid #e0e0e0;\n        color: #6a8e5a;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-description-text {\n        font-size: 1rem;\n        line-height: 1.55;\n        color: #4a5e4a;\n        margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem 0;\n        background: #f8faf2;\n        padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        border-left: 4px solid #8ab87a;\n    }\n    \/* Features list *\/\n    .dethatcher-features-list {\n        list-style: none;\n        padding-left: 0;\n        margin: 0.75rem 0 0 0;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-features-list li {\n        background: #ffffff;\n        margin-bottom: 12px;\n        padding: 14px 18px;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        box-shadow: 0 1px 2px rgba(0,0,0,0.03), 0 2px 6px rgba(0,0,0,0.02);\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n        font-size: 1rem;\n        line-height: 1.45;\n        display: flex;\n        align-items: flex-start;\n        gap: 12px;\n    }\n    .feature-icon {\n        font-size: 1.6rem;\n        min-width: 40px;\n        text-align: center;\n        display: inline-block;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-features-list li strong {\n        font-weight: 700;\n        color: #8ab87a;\n    }\n    \/* Table styling *\/\n    .dethatcher-table-wrapper {\n        overflow-x: auto;\n        margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem;\n        border-radius: 24px;\n        background: #ffffff;\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-specs-table {\n        width: 100%;\n        border-collapse: collapse;\n        font-size: 0.95rem;\n        min-width: 280px;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-specs-table th,\n    .dethatcher-specs-table td {\n        text-align: left;\n        padding: 12px 16px;\n        border-bottom: 1px solid #eaeadc;\n        vertical-align: top;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-specs-table th {\n        background-color: #f8faf2;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        width: 38%;\n        color: #8aae7a;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-specs-table td {\n        background-color: #ffffff;\n        color: #5a6e5a;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-specs-table tr:last-child th,\n    .dethatcher-specs-table tr:last-child td {\n        border-bottom: none;\n    }\n    \/* FAQ items *\/\n    .dethatcher-faq-item {\n        margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n        background: #ffffff;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n        padding: 0.2rem 1.2rem 0.8rem 1.2rem;\n        transition: all 0.1s ease;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-faq-question {\n        font-size: 1.1rem;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem 0;\n        color: #8ab87a;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-faq-answer {\n        margin: 0 0 1rem 0;\n        line-height: 1.5;\n        color: #6a7e6a;\n        padding-right: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    \/* Highlights grid *\/\n    .dethatcher-highlights-grid {\n        display: flex;\n        flex-wrap: wrap;\n        gap: 1rem;\n        margin-top: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .highlight-card {\n        flex: 1 1 160px;\n        background: #fefcf7;\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        padding: 1rem;\n        text-align: center;\n        transition: 0.1s;\n    }\n    .highlight-emoji {\n        font-size: 2rem;\n        display: block;\n        margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .highlight-card strong {\n        display: block;\n        font-size: 1rem;\n        margin-bottom: 0.3rem;\n        color: #8ab87a;\n    }\n    .highlight-card p {\n        font-size: 0.85rem;\n        margin: 0;\n        color: #8aae7a;\n        line-height: 1.4;\n    }\n    \/* Responsive *\/\n    @media (max-width: 768px) {\n        .dethatcher-container {\n            padding: 16px 16px 40px 16px;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.4rem;\n            margin-top: 1.8rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-features-list li {\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 6px;\n            padding: 12px 14px;\n        }\n        .feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.5rem;\n            text-align: left;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-specs-table th,\n        .dethatcher-specs-table td {\n            padding: 10px 12px;\n            font-size: 0.88rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-faq-question {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-description-text {\n            padding: 1rem;\n        }\n        .highlight-card {\n            flex: 1 1 130px;\n        }\n    }\n    @media (max-width: 480px) {\n        .dethatcher-specs-table th {\n            width: 45%;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-highlights-grid {\n            flex-direction: column;\n        }\n    }\n    .dethatcher-features-list li:hover,\n    .dethatcher-faq-item:hover,\n    .highlight-card:hover {\n        border-color: #b8d4a8;\n        background-color: #fefef8;\n        transition: 0.1s;\n    }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- \n\n\u003c!-- JSON-LD structured data for rich snippets --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52188493840658,"sku":"T3342P309881","price":353.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/92b0cab4807693bf9376df8db7b85312.jpg?v=1775805299"},{"product_id":"27ft-manual-pole-saw-kit-rope-pruner-2-blades-carrying-bag","title":"27 ft Manual Pole Saw Kit with Rope Pruner – 2 Blades + Carrying Bag","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e27 ft Manual Pole Saw Kit — Complete Ladder-Free Tree Trimming Solution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTired of dragging out a ladder every time a branch needs trimming? This \u003cstrong\u003e27 ft manual pole saw kit\u003c\/strong\u003e gives homeowners and landscapers the reach they need to tackle high branches, palm fronds, and overgrown limbs — all from the ground. The kit ships complete with everything you need to start cutting the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes two curved \u003cstrong\u003e65Mn steel saw blades\u003c\/strong\u003e (one with a black ergonomic handle for hand use, one for pole attachment), a \u003cstrong\u003erope-pull pruner head\u003c\/strong\u003e with red metal mechanism, eight green fiberglass pole sections with metal-threaded couplings, an orange blade safety cover, a pull rope with stopper, and a \u003cstrong\u003edark green canvas carrying bag\u003c\/strong\u003e for storage and transport. Poles are Φ1.26 in (32 mm) diameter and extend from approximately 3.87 ft (1.18 m) collapsed to 27 ft (8.2 m) fully extended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're shaping fruit trees in the backyard, clearing dead limbs from tall oaks, or trimming palm fronds along a driveway, this kit handles the job without a ladder in sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Compatible with standard tree pruning tasks up to 27 ft — suitable for homeowners, landscapers, and property maintenance crews.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🪚 \u003cstrong\u003eTwo 65Mn Steel Curved Saw Blades:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eIncludes one blade with a black ergonomic hand grip for ground-level use and one bare blade for pole attachment. Both feature fine, sharp teeth for clean cuts through green and dry wood.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🔴 \u003cstrong\u003eRope-Pull Pruner Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eThe red metal pruner mechanism attaches to the pole and is operated by a pull rope from below — no climbing required. Ideal for snipping smaller branches and shaping canopies with precision.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🟢 \u003cstrong\u003e8-Section Fiberglass Extension Poles:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eEight green Φ1.26 in fiberglass sections with metal-threaded couplings lock securely at each joint. Add or remove sections to dial in the exact reach you need, from compact storage length to full 27 ft extension.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧳 \u003cstrong\u003eCanvas Carrying Bag Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eA dark green canvas bag with handle keeps all components organized and protected during storage or transport — no loose parts rattling around in the truck bed.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eOrange Blade Safety Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eA molded orange plastic cover fits over the saw blade when not in use, protecting both the teeth and the user during handling and storage.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚖️ \u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Fiberglass Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eFiberglass poles are strong, non-conductive, and significantly lighter than steel alternatives, reducing fatigue during extended trimming sessions. Total assembled weight is approximately 16.52 lbs.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Curved saw blade with black ergonomic handle (hand-use)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Curved saw blade for pole attachment (no handle)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Rope-pull pruner head (red metal mechanism)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × Green fiberglass extension pole sections with metal-threaded couplings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Orange blade safety cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Pull rope with stopper bead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dark green canvas carrying bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Is This For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🏡 Homeowners with Tall Trees\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf your oak, maple, or pine has branches creeping over the roof or fence line, this kit lets you reclaim your yard without renting equipment or hiring a crew.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🌴 Palm Tree Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePalm fronds are notorious for being just out of reach. The 27 ft extension gets you there safely from the ground, and the rope pruner makes clean cuts without a chainsaw.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🍎 Fruit Tree Growers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePrecision pruning keeps fruit trees productive. Switch between the saw blade for larger limbs and the rope pruner for shaping — all with the same pole.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🔧 Landscapers \u0026amp; Property Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA complete kit in one bag means less time loading the van and more time on the job. The carrying bag keeps everything organized across multiple properties.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtension Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.87 ft – 27 ft (approx. 1.18 m – 8.2 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Pole Sections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 fiberglass sections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePole Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eΦ1.26 in (32 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePole Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiberglass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal-threaded couplings, tool-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65Mn steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved saw blade (×2) — one with handle, one for pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePruner Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRope-pull pruner head (red metal mechanism)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Guard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange molded plastic safety cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen poles \/ Red pruner head \/ Black handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Assembly Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 16.52 lbs (7.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.52 × 6.73 × 4.53 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.62 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark green canvas carrying bag (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Max Working Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 ft (6 sections) for optimal stability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat's the difference between the two saw blades?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eOne blade has a black ergonomic handle and is designed for hand-held use at ground level. The other is a bare blade that attaches directly to the pole head for elevated cutting. Both are made from the same 65Mn steel with the same curved tooth profile.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the rope-pull pruner work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThe pruner head attaches to the top of the pole. A pull rope runs down the length of the pole to your hand. Pulling the rope closes the pruner blades to snip branches. Releasing the rope allows the spring mechanism to reopen the blades for the next cut.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the saw blade and the pruner head at the same time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eNo — the saw blade and pruner head attach to the same pole connection point and are swapped depending on the task. The swap is tool-free and takes only a few seconds.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a branch can this kit cut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eThe 65Mn steel saw blade can typically handle branches up to approximately 2 inches in diameter. For thicker limbs, shorten the pole to 20 ft or fewer sections to maximize cutting leverage and control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs fiberglass safe to use near power lines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eFiberglass is non-conductive under dry conditions, but moisture, sap, or surface contamination can create a conductive path. Always maintain a minimum 15 ft clearance from overhead power lines and never use in wet or rainy conditions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store the kit after use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eWipe the saw blades clean with a dry cloth after each use and apply a light coat of machine oil to prevent rust. Rinse fiberglass poles with fresh water if dirty. Place the blade safety cover over the saw blade, then pack all components into the included canvas carrying bag and store in a dry location.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I buy replacement blades separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003eContact us to confirm replacement blade availability and compatibility. The blades use a standard pole-mount connection, so compatible replacements may be available.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003eReady to trim every branch without leaving the ground? Add the 27 ft Manual Pole Saw Kit to your cart today — complete kit, ready to use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52188499706130,"sku":"T3342P457395","price":104.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/19b0fc8044c721535d546eb2eb03fdef.jpg?v=1775805149"},{"product_id":"tow-behind-dethatcher-48-inch-tow-dethatcher-with-24-spring-steel-tines-lawn-dethatcher-rake-for-atv-or-mower-tow-behind-lawn-rake-with-lift-handle-for-garden-farm-grass","title":"Tow Behind Dethatcher, 48-inch Tow Dethatcher with 24 Spring Steel Tines, Lawn Dethatcher Rake for ATV or Mower, Tow Behind Lawn Rake with Lift Handle for Garden Farm Grass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"description\" content=\"48-inch tow behind dethatcher with 24 spring steel tines. Removes thatch, leaves, debris. Fits ATV or mower. Lift handle, inflatable tires, plus weight plate for stability.\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- No external fonts - pure performance --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- BEGIN PRODUCT BLOCK - 48-INCH TOW BEHIND DETHATCHER --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- Product Overview Section --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"dethatcher-48in-product-title\"\u003e🌾 Tow Behind Dethatcher – 48-Inch Lawn Dethatcher with 24 Spring Steel Tines for ATV or Mower | Tow Behind Lawn Rake with Lift Handle for Garden, Farm \u0026amp; Grass\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-48in-description-text\"\u003eRejuvenate your lawn, garden, or farm with the \u003cstrong\u003e48-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher\u003c\/strong\u003e – a powerful, time-saving tool designed for property owners who need to clear thatch, dead grass, leaves, and debris efficiently. Whether you're maintaining a large home lawn, a hobby farm, or a rural property, this dethatcher covers a 48-inch swath with 24 durable spring steel tines, pulling up organic matter so your grass can breathe and thrive. Simply hitch it to your ATV, lawn tractor, or riding mower (1.18\" pin spacing) and cover acres in minutes. The convenient lift handle lets you raise or lower the tines on the go – protect them during transport or when crossing hard surfaces. Inflatable tires provide smooth towing, and the built-in weight plate (supports up to 70 lbs, weights not included) improves tine penetration in tough thatch. Built from thickened, heat-treated steel with welded connections, this dethatcher is rugged, reliable, and built to last.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Product Features - vertical layout for SEO \u0026 readability --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-48in-section-title\"\u003e✨ Why This 48-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher Is a Smart Investment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"dethatcher-48in-features-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🌾\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e48-Inch Working Width – Efficient \u0026amp; Wide\u003c\/strong\u003e – Cover large areas quickly with a 48-inch dethatching path. Far more efficient than hand rakes or push-behind units – perfect for gardens, farms, and large lawns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e24 Spring Steel Tines – Heat-Treated for Strength\u003c\/strong\u003e – Features 24 sturdy, sharp spring steel tines that are heat-treated for extra durability. Effectively removes thatch, dead grass, leaves, hay, branches, and other debris without bending or breaking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Welded Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – Thickened steel tines and a welded frame ensure the unit stays intact and deformation-free even under heavy use. Replace old or damaged tines easily with simple tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🚜\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWide Compatibility – Fits ATV or Mower\u003c\/strong\u003e – Features a 1.18\" pin spacing at the connecting interface, allowing easy attachment to most ATVs, lawn tractors, garden tractors, and riding mowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConvenient Lift Handle for Easy Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e – The integrated lift handle lets you raise or lower the tines while towing. Lower them for dethatching, raise them for transport or crossing driveways – protects tines when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🛞\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInflatable Tires + Weight Plate for Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e – Equipped with inflatable rubber tires for smooth maneuverability across various terrains. The built-in weight plate supports up to 70 lbs (weights not included) for improved tine penetration and stability in tough thatch conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable Tines for Long-Term Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Individual tines can be easily replaced with simple tools if they become damaged or worn – extend the life of your dethatcher for years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Specifications Table (Country of Origin omitted as requested) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-48in-section-title\"\u003e📏 Specifications – 48-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"dethatcher-48in-specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem Code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT3342P447018\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher with 24 Spring Steel Tines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Tines\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 spring steel tines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeat-treated spring steel (thickened)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWelded steel, deformation-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHitch Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.18\" pin spacing – fits most ATVs, lawn tractors, and riding mowers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTire Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflatable rubber tires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLift Mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvenient lift handle (raises\/lowers tines)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports up to 70 lbs (weights not included) for improved stability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTine Replacement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUser-replaceable with simple tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49.61\" L x 11.61\" W x 3.94\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.88 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49.61\" L x 11.61\" W x 3.94\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.98 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimal (hitch attachment, tine check – instructions included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ Section - all expanded to avoid accordion conflicts --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-48in-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Tow Behind Dethatcher\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-question\"\u003e🚜 Will this dethatcher fit my lawn tractor or ATV?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-answer\"\u003eYes. The dethatcher features a standard 1.18-inch pin spacing at the hitch connection, making it compatible with most ATVs, lawn tractors, garden tractors, and riding mowers. Always check your vehicle's hitch specifications before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-question\"\u003e⚖️ How does the weight plate work? Do I need to add weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-answer\"\u003eThe built-in weight plate allows you to add up to 70 lbs of additional weight (such as sandbags or weight plates – not included). Adding weight improves tine penetration, especially in thick thatch or compacted soil. For normal dethatching on healthy lawns, extra weight is usually not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-question\"\u003e🌾 How often should I dethatch my lawn? When is the best time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-answer\"\u003eFor cool-season grasses, dethatch in early spring or early fall. For warm-season grasses, dethatch in late spring after the lawn has fully greened up. Most lawns benefit from dethatching once per year. If your thatch layer is thicker than ½ inch, it's time to dethatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-question\"\u003e🔧 How do I raise and lower the tines? Does the lift handle work while moving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-answer\"\u003eYes. The integrated lift handle allows you to raise or lower the tines while towing. Lower the tines for dethatching, and raise them when crossing driveways, sidewalks, or transporting between areas. This feature protects both the tines and your lawn from unnecessary wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-question\"\u003e🔩 Can I replace individual tines if they bend or break?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. The tines are user-replaceable with simple tools (wrench). Replacement tines are available separately. This design extends the life of your dethatcher – you don't need to replace the entire unit if a few tines get damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-question\"\u003e🌧️ Should I dethatch before or after aerating? Does it work on wet grass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-48in-faq-answer\"\u003eFor best results, dethatch when the lawn is slightly moist but not soaking wet. Dethatching before aerating is recommended – it removes debris so the aerator can penetrate more effectively. Avoid dethatching on very wet or muddy lawns, as the tines may pull up live grass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Additional Feature Highlights --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-highlights\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-48in-section-title\"\u003e🎯 Key Benefits at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-48in-highlights-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🌾\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e48\" Wide Swath\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovers gardens, farms \u0026amp; large lawns quickly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e24 Spring Steel Tines\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat-treated for strength \u0026amp; durability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLift Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaise\/lower tines on the go\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWeight Plate\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd up to 70 lbs for better penetration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🚜\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Hitch\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits most ATVs, tractors \u0026amp; mowers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- SEO hidden note --\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-hidden=\"true\" style=\"display: none;\" class=\"dethatcher-48in-seo-note\"\u003e48 inch tow behind dethatcher, lawn dethatcher rake, ATV dethatcher, spring steel tine dethatcher, tow behind lawn rake, thatch remover for garden farm\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- END PRODUCT BLOCK --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n    \/* ----- Encapsulated styles with prefix \"dethatcher-48in-\" to avoid theme conflicts ----- *\/\n    .dethatcher-48in-container {\n        max-width: 1280px;\n        margin: 0 auto;\n        padding: 24px 20px 48px 20px;\n        background: transparent;\n        box-sizing: border-box;\n        font-family: inherit;\n        line-height: 1.45;\n        color: #3a3a3a;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-container * {\n        box-sizing: border-box;\n    }\n    \/* Headings *\/\n    .dethatcher-48in-product-title {\n        font-size: 1.9rem;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        margin: 0 0 0.5rem 0;\n        letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n        color: #4a5e5e;\n        line-height: 1.3;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-section-title {\n        font-size: 1.7rem;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        margin: 1.5rem 0 1rem 0;\n        padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n        border-bottom: 2px solid #e0e0e0;\n        color: #6a8a8a;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-description-text {\n        font-size: 1rem;\n        line-height: 1.55;\n        color: #4a5e5e;\n        margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem 0;\n        background: #f8faf5;\n        padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        border-left: 4px solid #8aaeae;\n    }\n    \/* Features list *\/\n    .dethatcher-48in-features-list {\n        list-style: none;\n        padding-left: 0;\n        margin: 0.75rem 0 0 0;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-features-list li {\n        background: #ffffff;\n        margin-bottom: 12px;\n        padding: 14px 18px;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        box-shadow: 0 1px 2px rgba(0,0,0,0.03), 0 2px 6px rgba(0,0,0,0.02);\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n        font-size: 1rem;\n        line-height: 1.45;\n        display: flex;\n        align-items: flex-start;\n        gap: 12px;\n    }\n    .feature-icon {\n        font-size: 1.6rem;\n        min-width: 40px;\n        text-align: center;\n        display: inline-block;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-features-list li strong {\n        font-weight: 700;\n        color: #8aaeae;\n    }\n    \/* Table styling *\/\n    .dethatcher-48in-table-wrapper {\n        overflow-x: auto;\n        margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem;\n        border-radius: 24px;\n        background: #ffffff;\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-specs-table {\n        width: 100%;\n        border-collapse: collapse;\n        font-size: 0.95rem;\n        min-width: 280px;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-specs-table th,\n    .dethatcher-48in-specs-table td {\n        text-align: left;\n        padding: 12px 16px;\n        border-bottom: 1px solid #eaeadc;\n        vertical-align: top;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-specs-table th {\n        background-color: #f8faf2;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        width: 38%;\n        color: #8aae8a;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-specs-table td {\n        background-color: #ffffff;\n        color: #5a6e6e;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-specs-table tr:last-child th,\n    .dethatcher-48in-specs-table tr:last-child td {\n        border-bottom: none;\n    }\n    \/* FAQ items *\/\n    .dethatcher-48in-faq-item {\n        margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n        background: #ffffff;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n        padding: 0.2rem 1.2rem 0.8rem 1.2rem;\n        transition: all 0.1s ease;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-faq-question {\n        font-size: 1.1rem;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem 0;\n        color: #8aaeae;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-faq-answer {\n        margin: 0 0 1rem 0;\n        line-height: 1.5;\n        color: #6a7e7e;\n        padding-right: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    \/* Highlights grid *\/\n    .dethatcher-48in-highlights-grid {\n        display: flex;\n        flex-wrap: wrap;\n        gap: 1rem;\n        margin-top: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .highlight-card {\n        flex: 1 1 160px;\n        background: #fefcf7;\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        padding: 1rem;\n        text-align: center;\n        transition: 0.1s;\n    }\n    .highlight-emoji {\n        font-size: 2rem;\n        display: block;\n        margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .highlight-card strong {\n        display: block;\n        font-size: 1rem;\n        margin-bottom: 0.3rem;\n        color: #8aaeae;\n    }\n    .highlight-card p {\n        font-size: 0.85rem;\n        margin: 0;\n        color: #8aae8a;\n        line-height: 1.4;\n    }\n    \/* Responsive *\/\n    @media (max-width: 768px) {\n        .dethatcher-48in-container {\n            padding: 16px 16px 40px 16px;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-48in-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-48in-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.4rem;\n            margin-top: 1.8rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-48in-features-list li {\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 6px;\n            padding: 12px 14px;\n        }\n        .feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.5rem;\n            text-align: left;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-48in-specs-table th,\n        .dethatcher-48in-specs-table td {\n            padding: 10px 12px;\n            font-size: 0.88rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-48in-faq-question {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-48in-description-text {\n            padding: 1rem;\n        }\n        .highlight-card {\n            flex: 1 1 130px;\n        }\n    }\n    @media (max-width: 480px) {\n        .dethatcher-48in-specs-table th {\n            width: 45%;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-48in-highlights-grid {\n            flex-direction: column;\n        }\n    }\n    .dethatcher-48in-features-list li:hover,\n    .dethatcher-48in-faq-item:hover,\n    .highlight-card:hover {\n        border-color: #b8c8c8;\n        background-color: #fefef8;\n        transition: 0.1s;\n    }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52188688548114,"sku":"T3342P447018","price":112.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/d7c6b8f353aacd69d0df556a6d32db17.jpg?v=1775805612"},{"product_id":"manual-pole-saw-4-9-20-ft-extendable-chenille-brush-aluminum-handle","title":"Manual Pole Saw, 4.9–20 ft Extendable Tree Pruner with Chenille Brush \u0026 Aluminum Handle","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eManual Pole Saw, 4.9–20 ft Extendable Tree Pruner — Ultra-Light Aluminum Handle with Chenille Brush\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost pole saws are either too heavy to hold at full extension or too short to reach the branches that actually need trimming. This manual pole saw addresses both problems — weighing just 6.42 lb (2.91 kg) with a telescopic aluminum alloy handle that extends from 4.9 ft to 20 ft (1.5–6.1 m), so you can reach second-story branches without a ladder and hold the saw steady long enough to make a clean cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe saw blade is crafted from 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) thick carbon steel with a Teflon coating for rust resistance and long service life. Hook knives on both the top and bottom edges of the blade pull twigs clear on the backstroke and free stuck branches during cutting, reducing the effort needed for each pass. The telescopic pole uses one-click biomimetic butterfly flip-tab clasps with multiple installation holes for quick, tool-free height adjustment and a secure lock at any position. Reinforced screws at the saw-to-pole connection prevent loosening during use. The kit also includes a chenille brush for cleaning the blade and pole after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited for trimming palm fronds, fruit tree canopies, ornamental shrubs, and overgrown hedges — and collapses to a compact 58.5 in. (148.5 cm) for storage. Can also be used as a hand-held saw for lower branches, brushes, and small logs when the pole is fully retracted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e Suitable for trimming palms, fruit trees, ornamental shrubs, and high hedges. Operates as a full 20 ft pole saw or as a hand-held saw for lower branches and logs — no ladder required for most residential tree trimming tasks.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This Manual Pole Saw\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4.9–20 ft Telescopic Reach:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminum alloy pole extends from 4.9 ft (1.5 m) for low-branch work up to 20 ft (6.1 m) for second-story canopy trimming — multiple installation holes allow precise height adjustment at any point in the range.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Light at 6.42 lb:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminum alloy handle keeps the assembled weight to just 6.42 lb (2.91 kg), reducing arm fatigue during extended trimming sessions at full extension compared to heavier fiberglass or steel-pole alternatives.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔒\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne-Click Butterfly Flip-Tab Clasps:\u003c\/strong\u003e Biomimetic butterfly clasps lock and unlock the telescopic sections with a single click — no twisting or tightening required, making height adjustment fast and the lock secure under cutting load.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔪\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTeflon-Coated Carbon Steel Blade:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1.2 mm thick carbon steel blade is rust-proof and features hook knives on both the top and bottom edges — the top hook clears twigs on the backstroke, the bottom hook frees stuck branches during cutting for efficient, continuous progress.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Saw-to-Pole Connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reinforced screws at the blade attachment point prevent loosening during use — the insulation material handle and pole connections also provide an additional safety margin during operation.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChenille Brush Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e A chenille brush is included for cleaning sap, debris, and sawdust from the blade and pole sections after use — helps maintain blade sharpness and pole mechanism function over time.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescopic aluminum alloy pole saw (extends 4.9–20 ft) × 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeflon-coated carbon steel saw blade × 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChenille cleaning brush × 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌴\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePalm \u0026amp; Fruit Tree Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eReach palm fronds and fruit tree canopies up to 20 ft without a ladder — the lightweight aluminum handle makes it practical to hold the saw steady at full extension for the duration of a trimming session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHomeowners with Mature Trees\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eTrim overhanging branches from the ground using the hook-knife blade that clears debris on both the forward and return stroke — the one-click butterfly clasps let you adjust height quickly as you move around the tree.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShrub \u0026amp; Hedge Maintainers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eRetract the pole to a shorter working length for mid-height shrub and hedge trimming — the same tool handles both compact garden pruning and high-canopy work without switching equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDIY Gardeners \u0026amp; Property Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 6.42 lb weight and compact 58.5 in. collapsed length make this easy to carry, store in a garage or shed, and transport in a standard vehicle without a roof rack or trailer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReach Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.9 ft–20 ft (1.5–6.1 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon steel, Teflon-coated, rust-proof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 mm (0.05 in.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock Mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne-click biomimetic butterfly flip-tab clasps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.42 lb (2.91 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCollapsed Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58.5 × 6.3 × 2.8 in. (148.5 × 16 × 7 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.52 lb (2.96 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChenille cleaning brush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePalms, fruit trees, ornamental shrubs, hedges, lower branches \u0026amp; logs (hand-held)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow high can this pole saw reach?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe telescopic pole extends from 4.9 ft (1.5 m) at minimum to 20 ft (6.1 m) at full extension. This is sufficient for most residential second-story branch trimming without a ladder. The multiple installation holes allow you to lock the pole at any height within this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the one-click butterfly clasp work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe biomimetic butterfly flip-tab clasps engage and release with a single click — flip the tab open to unlock the section, adjust to the desired height using the installation holes, then flip the tab closed to lock. No twisting or tightening is required, and the lock holds firmly under cutting load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this as a hand-held saw for lower branches?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. With the pole fully retracted to 4.9 ft, the saw can be used for mid-height work, and the blade can be used as a hand-held pruning saw for lower branches, brushes, and small logs when the pole is at its shortest setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the chenille brush for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included chenille brush is used to clean sap, sawdust, and debris from the blade and pole sections after use. Regular cleaning helps maintain blade sharpness, prevents sap buildup on the pole mechanism, and extends the overall service life of the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the blade replaceable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Teflon-coated carbon steel blade is designed for long service life. If the blade becomes dull over time, standard pole saw replacement blades with compatible mounting dimensions can typically be fitted. Contact us to confirm compatibility before ordering a replacement blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the hook knife on the blade work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe blade features hook knives on both the top and bottom edges. The top hook pulls twigs and small debris clear on the backstroke, keeping the cutting path clean. The bottom hook catches and frees branches that become stuck in the cut during forward strokes, reducing the need to stop and manually clear the blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this pole saw safe to use near power lines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle and pole connections are made from insulation material, which provides a degree of electrical resistance. However, we strongly recommend maintaining a safe distance from all power lines and electrical infrastructure when using any pole saw. If branches are near power lines, contact a licensed arborist or utility company.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does this compare to the 27 ft fiberglass pole saw?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis aluminum alloy model reaches 20 ft and weighs 6.42 lb, making it lighter and easier to maneuver for most residential tasks. The 27 ft fiberglass model offers greater reach for taller trees but is heavier. Choose this model if weight and ease of handling are priorities; choose the 27 ft model if maximum reach is the primary requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Add to cart above and start trimming safely from the ground.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52188819095826,"sku":"T3342P457430","price":108.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/0ab6cdc1202b93923b9ac9f8204130db.jpg?v=1775806111"},{"product_id":"tow-behind-dethatcher-40-inch-tow-dethatcher-with-20-spring-steel-tines-lawn-dethatcher-rake-for-atv-or-mower-tow-behind-lawn-rake-with-lift-handle-for-garden-farm-grass","title":"Tow Behind Dethatcher, 40-inch Tow Dethatcher with 20 Spring Steel Tines, Lawn Dethatcher Rake for ATV or Mower, Tow Behind Lawn Rake with Lift Handle for Garden Farm Grass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"40-inch tow behind dethatcher with 20 spring steel tines. Removes thatch, leaves, debris. Fits ATV or mower. Lift handle, inflatable tires, plus weight plate for stability.\" name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- No external fonts - pure performance --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- BEGIN PRODUCT BLOCK - 40-INCH TOW BEHIND DETHATCHER --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- Product Overview Section --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"dethatcher-40in-product-title\"\u003e🌾 Tow Behind Dethatcher – 40-Inch Lawn Dethatcher with 20 Spring Steel Tines for ATV or Mower | Tow Behind Lawn Rake with Lift Handle for Garden, Farm \u0026amp; Grass\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-40in-description-text\"\u003eRevitalize your lawn, garden, or small farm with the \u003cstrong\u003e40-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher\u003c\/strong\u003e – a compact yet powerful tool designed to clear thatch, dead grass, leaves, and debris efficiently. Perfect for homeowners with medium-sized yards, hobby farms, or garden plots, this dethatcher covers a 40-inch swath with 20 durable spring steel tines, pulling up organic matter so your grass can breathe and thrive. Simply hitch it to your ATV, lawn tractor, or riding mower (1.18\" pin spacing) and cover your property in minutes. The convenient lift handle lets you raise or lower the tines on the go – protect them during transport or when crossing hard surfaces. Inflatable tires provide smooth towing, and the built-in weight plate (supports up to 70 lbs, weights not included) improves tine penetration in tough thatch conditions. Built from thickened, heat-treated steel with welded connections, this dethatcher is rugged, reliable, and built to last.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Product Features - vertical layout for SEO \u0026 readability --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-40in-section-title\"\u003e✨ Why This 40-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher Is a Smart Choice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"dethatcher-40in-features-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🌾\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e40-Inch Working Width – Efficient \u0026amp; Maneuverable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Cover medium-sized areas quickly with a 40-inch dethatching path. Compact enough for tight spaces yet wide enough to save time – perfect for gardens, farms, and residential lawns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e20 Spring Steel Tines – Heat-Treated for Strength\u003c\/strong\u003e – Features 20 sturdy, sharp spring steel tines that are heat-treated for extra durability. Effectively removes thatch, dead grass, leaves, hay, branches, and other debris without bending or breaking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Welded Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – Thickened steel tines and a welded frame ensure the unit stays intact and deformation-free even under heavy use. Replace old or damaged tines easily with simple tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🚜\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWide Compatibility – Fits ATV or Mower\u003c\/strong\u003e – Features a 1.18\" pin spacing at the connecting interface, allowing easy attachment to most ATVs, lawn tractors, garden tractors, and riding mowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConvenient Lift Handle for Easy Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e – The integrated lift handle lets you raise or lower the tines while towing. Lower them for dethatching, raise them for transport or crossing driveways – protects tines when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🛞\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInflatable Tires + Weight Plate for Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e – Equipped with inflatable rubber tires for smooth maneuverability across various terrains. The built-in weight plate supports up to 70 lbs (weights not included) for improved tine penetration and stability in tough thatch conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable Tines for Long-Term Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Individual tines can be easily replaced with simple tools if they become damaged or worn – extend the life of your dethatcher for years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Specifications Table (Country of Origin omitted as requested) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-40in-section-title\"\u003e📏 Specifications – 40-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"dethatcher-40in-specs-table\" style=\"width: 100%;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eItem Code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003eT3342P451009\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003e40-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher with 20 Spring Steel Tines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eWorking Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003e40 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eNumber of Tines\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003e20 spring steel tines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eTine Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003eHeat-treated spring steel (thickened)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003eWelded steel, deformation-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eHitch Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003e1.18\" pin spacing – fits most ATVs, lawn tractors, and riding mowers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eTire Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003eInflatable rubber tires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eLift Mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003eConvenient lift handle (raises\/lowers tines)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eWeight Plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003eSupports up to 70 lbs (weights not included) for improved stability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eTine Replacement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003eUser-replaceable with simple tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eAssembled Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003e42.32\" L x 11.61\" W x 3.74\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003e40.23 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003e42.32\" L x 11.61\" W x 3.74\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003e40.33 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 40.4157%;\"\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 59.5843%;\"\u003eMinimal (hitch attachment, tine check – instructions included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ Section - all expanded to avoid accordion conflicts --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-40in-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – 40-Inch Tow Behind Dethatcher\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-question\"\u003e🚜 Will this dethatcher fit my lawn tractor or ATV?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-answer\"\u003eYes. The dethatcher features a standard 1.18-inch pin spacing at the hitch connection, making it compatible with most ATVs, lawn tractors, garden tractors, and riding mowers. Always check your vehicle's hitch specifications before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-question\"\u003e⚖️ How does the weight plate work? Do I need to add weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-answer\"\u003eThe built-in weight plate allows you to add up to 70 lbs of additional weight (such as sandbags or weight plates – not included). Adding weight improves tine penetration, especially in thick thatch or compacted soil. For normal dethatching on healthy lawns, extra weight is usually not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-question\"\u003e🌾 How often should I dethatch my lawn? When is the best time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-answer\"\u003eFor cool-season grasses, dethatch in early spring or early fall. For warm-season grasses, dethatch in late spring after the lawn has fully greened up. Most lawns benefit from dethatching once per year. If your thatch layer is thicker than ½ inch, it's time to dethatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-question\"\u003e🔧 How do I raise and lower the tines? Does the lift handle work while moving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-answer\"\u003eYes. The integrated lift handle allows you to raise or lower the tines while towing. Lower the tines for dethatching, and raise them when crossing driveways, sidewalks, or transporting between areas. This feature protects both the tines and your lawn from unnecessary wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-question\"\u003e🔩 Can I replace individual tines if they bend or break?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. The tines are user-replaceable with simple tools (wrench). Replacement tines are available separately. This design extends the life of your dethatcher – you don't need to replace the entire unit if a few tines get damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-question\"\u003e🌧️ Should I dethatch before or after aerating? Does it work on wet grass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"dethatcher-40in-faq-answer\"\u003eFor best results, dethatch when the lawn is slightly moist but not soaking wet. Dethatching before aerating is recommended – it removes debris so the aerator can penetrate more effectively. Avoid dethatching on very wet or muddy lawns, as the tines may pull up live grass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Additional Feature Highlights --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-highlights\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"dethatcher-40in-section-title\"\u003e🎯 Key Benefits at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-highlights-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🌾\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e40\" Wide Swath\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for gardens, farms \u0026amp; medium lawns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e20 Spring Steel Tines\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat-treated for strength \u0026amp; durability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLift Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaise\/lower tines on the go\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWeight Plate\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd up to 70 lbs for better penetration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"highlight-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"highlight-emoji\"\u003e🚜\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Hitch\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits most ATVs, tractors \u0026amp; mowers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- SEO hidden note --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dethatcher-40in-seo-note\" style=\"display: none;\" aria-hidden=\"true\"\u003e40 inch tow behind dethatcher, lawn dethatcher rake, ATV dethatcher, spring steel tine dethatcher, tow behind lawn rake, thatch remover for garden farm\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- END PRODUCT BLOCK --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n    \/* ----- Encapsulated styles with prefix \"dethatcher-40in-\" to avoid theme conflicts ----- *\/\n    .dethatcher-40in-container {\n        max-width: 1280px;\n        margin: 0 auto;\n        padding: 24px 20px 48px 20px;\n        background: transparent;\n        box-sizing: border-box;\n        font-family: inherit;\n        line-height: 1.45;\n        color: #3a3a3a;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-container * {\n        box-sizing: border-box;\n    }\n    \/* Headings *\/\n    .dethatcher-40in-product-title {\n        font-size: 1.9rem;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        margin: 0 0 0.5rem 0;\n        letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n        color: #4a5e5e;\n        line-height: 1.3;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-section-title {\n        font-size: 1.7rem;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        margin: 1.5rem 0 1rem 0;\n        padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n        border-bottom: 2px solid #e0e0e0;\n        color: #6a8a8a;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-description-text {\n        font-size: 1rem;\n        line-height: 1.55;\n        color: #4a5e5e;\n        margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem 0;\n        background: #f8faf5;\n        padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        border-left: 4px solid #8aaeae;\n    }\n    \/* Features list *\/\n    .dethatcher-40in-features-list {\n        list-style: none;\n        padding-left: 0;\n        margin: 0.75rem 0 0 0;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-features-list li {\n        background: #ffffff;\n        margin-bottom: 12px;\n        padding: 14px 18px;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        box-shadow: 0 1px 2px rgba(0,0,0,0.03), 0 2px 6px rgba(0,0,0,0.02);\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n        font-size: 1rem;\n        line-height: 1.45;\n        display: flex;\n        align-items: flex-start;\n        gap: 12px;\n    }\n    .feature-icon {\n        font-size: 1.6rem;\n        min-width: 40px;\n        text-align: center;\n        display: inline-block;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-features-list li strong {\n        font-weight: 700;\n        color: #8aaeae;\n    }\n    \/* Table styling *\/\n    .dethatcher-40in-table-wrapper {\n        overflow-x: auto;\n        margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem;\n        border-radius: 24px;\n        background: #ffffff;\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-specs-table {\n        width: 100%;\n        border-collapse: collapse;\n        font-size: 0.95rem;\n        min-width: 280px;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-specs-table th,\n    .dethatcher-40in-specs-table td {\n        text-align: left;\n        padding: 12px 16px;\n        border-bottom: 1px solid #eaeadc;\n        vertical-align: top;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-specs-table th {\n        background-color: #f8faf2;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        width: 38%;\n        color: #8aae8a;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-specs-table td {\n        background-color: #ffffff;\n        color: #5a6e6e;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-specs-table tr:last-child th,\n    .dethatcher-40in-specs-table tr:last-child td {\n        border-bottom: none;\n    }\n    \/* FAQ items *\/\n    .dethatcher-40in-faq-item {\n        margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n        background: #ffffff;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n        padding: 0.2rem 1.2rem 0.8rem 1.2rem;\n        transition: all 0.1s ease;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-faq-question {\n        font-size: 1.1rem;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem 0;\n        color: #8aaeae;\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-faq-answer {\n        margin: 0 0 1rem 0;\n        line-height: 1.5;\n        color: #6a7e7e;\n        padding-right: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    \/* Highlights grid *\/\n    .dethatcher-40in-highlights-grid {\n        display: flex;\n        flex-wrap: wrap;\n        gap: 1rem;\n        margin-top: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .highlight-card {\n        flex: 1 1 160px;\n        background: #fefcf7;\n        border: 1px solid #e2e8da;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        padding: 1rem;\n        text-align: center;\n        transition: 0.1s;\n    }\n    .highlight-emoji {\n        font-size: 2rem;\n        display: block;\n        margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .highlight-card strong {\n        display: block;\n        font-size: 1rem;\n        margin-bottom: 0.3rem;\n        color: #8aaeae;\n    }\n    .highlight-card p {\n        font-size: 0.85rem;\n        margin: 0;\n        color: #8aae8a;\n        line-height: 1.4;\n    }\n    \/* Responsive *\/\n    @media (max-width: 768px) {\n        .dethatcher-40in-container {\n            padding: 16px 16px 40px 16px;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-40in-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-40in-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.4rem;\n            margin-top: 1.8rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-40in-features-list li {\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 6px;\n            padding: 12px 14px;\n        }\n        .feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.5rem;\n            text-align: left;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-40in-specs-table th,\n        .dethatcher-40in-specs-table td {\n            padding: 10px 12px;\n            font-size: 0.88rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-40in-faq-question {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-40in-description-text {\n            padding: 1rem;\n        }\n        .highlight-card {\n            flex: 1 1 130px;\n        }\n    }\n    @media (max-width: 480px) {\n        .dethatcher-40in-specs-table th {\n            width: 45%;\n        }\n        .dethatcher-40in-highlights-grid {\n            flex-direction: column;\n        }\n    }\n    .dethatcher-40in-features-list li:hover,\n    .dethatcher-40in-faq-item:hover,\n    .highlight-card:hover {\n        border-color: #b8c8c8;\n        background-color: #fefef8;\n        transition: 0.1s;\n    }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52188819357970,"sku":"T3342P451009","price":87.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/726359959140218703825b3044a179c6.jpg?v=1775805992"}],"url":"https:\/\/homediyer.com\/collections\/contextual-shopping.oembed?page=5","provider":"HomeDIYer","version":"1.0","type":"link"}